1 /* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
2 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
4 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
5 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
6 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
7 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
9 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
12 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
14 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
15 * License along with this library. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
19 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
20 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
21 * files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
22 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
31 #include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
32 #include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
33 #include <cairo-gobject.h>
35 #include "gtkcontainer.h"
36 #include "gtkaccelmapprivate.h"
37 #include "gtkclipboard.h"
38 #include "gtkiconfactory.h"
40 #include "gtkmarshalers.h"
41 #include "gtkselectionprivate.h"
42 #include "gtksettingsprivate.h"
43 #include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
44 #include "gtksizerequestcacheprivate.h"
45 #include "gtkwidget.h"
46 #include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
47 #include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
48 #include "gtkcontainerprivate.h"
49 #include "gtkbindings.h"
50 #include "gtkprivate.h"
51 #include "gtkaccessible.h"
52 #include "gtktooltip.h"
53 #include "gtkinvisible.h"
54 #include "gtkbuildable.h"
55 #include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
56 #include "gtksizerequest.h"
57 #include "gtkstylecontextprivate.h"
58 #include "gtksymboliccolor.h"
59 #include "gtkcssprovider.h"
60 #include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
61 #include "gtkversion.h"
64 #include "gtktypebuiltins.h"
65 #include "a11y/gtkwidgetaccessible.h"
69 * @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
72 * GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
73 * widget lifecycle, states and style.
75 * <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
76 * <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
78 * GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
79 * system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
80 * vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
81 * that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
82 * example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
83 * to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
85 * Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
86 * of five virtual methods:
88 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
89 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
90 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
91 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
92 * <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
95 * There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
96 * height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
98 * The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
99 * only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
100 * for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
101 * in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
103 * For example, when queried in the normal
104 * %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
105 * First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
106 * in the interface will be computed using gtk_widget_get_preferred_width().
107 * Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
108 * widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
109 * and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
110 * toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
111 * minimum height contextual to that width using
112 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
113 * recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
114 * used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
115 * (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
117 * After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
118 * dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
119 * previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
120 * recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
121 * will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
122 * Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
123 * space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
124 * height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
125 * depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
126 * a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
127 * widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
128 * requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
129 * to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
131 * See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
132 * geometry management section</link>
133 * to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
134 * by container widgets.
136 * If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
137 * allocated size then it must support the request in both
138 * #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
139 * trades sizes in a single orientation.
141 * For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
142 * will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
143 * because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
144 * case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
145 * possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
146 * height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
147 * at least enough space to fit its own content.
149 * Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
150 * generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
152 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
154 * foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
156 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
160 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
161 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
162 * min_height, nat_height);
166 * ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
167 * it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
170 * ]]></programlisting>
172 * And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
173 * the minimum and natural width:
175 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
177 * foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
178 * gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
180 * if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
182 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
186 * ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
187 * (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
188 * height calculation here.
191 * ]]></programlisting>
193 * Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
194 * allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
195 * compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
196 * may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
197 * be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
199 * <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
201 * GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)->get_preferred_width (widget),
206 * It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
207 * gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
208 * implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
209 * and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
210 * widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
211 * then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
212 * twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
215 * Of course if you are getting the size request for
216 * <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
217 * container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
218 * Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
219 * #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
222 * <refsect2 id="style-properties">
223 * <title>Style Properties</title>
225 * <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
226 * properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
227 * not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
228 * properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
229 * This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
230 * scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
231 * look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
234 * Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
235 * a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
236 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
237 * style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
238 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
241 * <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
242 * <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
244 * The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
245 * custom <accelerator> element, which has attributes named key,
246 * modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
249 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
250 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
251 * <object class="GtkButton">
252 * <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
254 * ]]></programlisting>
257 * In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
258 * custom <accessible> element, which supports actions and relations.
259 * Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
260 * internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
263 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
264 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
265 * <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
266 * <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
268 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
270 * <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
271 * <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
273 * <child internal-child="accessible">
274 * <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
275 * <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
279 * ]]></programlisting>
282 * Finally, GtkWidget allows style information such as style classes to
283 * be associated with widgets, using the custom <style> element:
285 * <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an style class</title>
286 * <programlisting><![CDATA[
287 * <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
289 * <class name="my-special-button-class"/>
290 * <class name="dark-button"/>
293 * ]]></programlisting>
299 /* Add flags here that should not be propagated to children. By default,
300 * all flags will be set on children (think prelight or active), but we
301 * might want to not do this for some.
303 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE (GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
304 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE (~GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DONT_PROPAGATE)
306 #define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
308 #define GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS 7
310 struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
312 /* The state of the widget. Needs to be able to hold all GtkStateFlags bits
313 * (defined in "gtkenums.h").
315 guint state_flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
319 guint in_destruction : 1;
322 guint composite_child : 1;
330 guint can_default : 1;
331 guint has_default : 1;
332 guint receives_default : 1;
335 guint style_update_pending : 1;
336 guint app_paintable : 1;
337 guint double_buffered : 1;
338 guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
339 guint no_show_all : 1;
340 guint child_visible : 1;
341 guint multidevice : 1;
342 guint has_shape_mask : 1;
343 guint in_reparent : 1;
345 /* Queue-resize related flags */
346 guint alloc_needed : 1;
347 guint width_request_needed : 1;
348 guint height_request_needed : 1;
350 /* Expand-related flags */
351 guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
352 guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
353 guint computed_vexpand : 1;
354 guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
356 guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
357 guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
359 /* SizeGroup related flags */
360 guint have_size_groups : 1;
362 /* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
363 * (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
364 * "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
365 * Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
366 * the style to use for a widget.
370 /* The list of attached windows to this widget.
371 * We keep a list in order to call reset_style to all of them,
373 GList *attached_windows;
375 /* The style for the widget. The style contains the
376 * colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
377 * along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
378 * the font to use for text.
381 GtkStyleContext *context;
383 /* Widget's path for styling */
386 /* The widget's allocated size */
387 GtkAllocation allocation;
389 /* The widget's requested sizes */
390 SizeRequestCache requests;
392 /* actions attached to this or any parent widget */
395 /* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
396 * not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
397 * GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
401 /* The widget's parent */
404 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
405 /* Number of gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants () */
406 guint verifying_invariants_count;
407 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
410 struct _GtkWidgetClassPrivate
412 GType accessible_type;
413 AtkRole accessible_role;
442 BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
456 PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
457 SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
458 SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
459 SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
464 VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
478 ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
503 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
504 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
512 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
527 typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
530 STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
537 guint flags : GTK_STATE_FLAGS_BITS;
541 /* --- prototypes --- */
542 static void gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class);
543 static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
544 static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
545 static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
546 static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
550 static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
554 static void gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object);
555 static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
556 static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
557 static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
558 static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
559 static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
560 static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
561 static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
562 static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
563 static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
564 static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
565 GtkAllocation *allocation);
566 static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
567 GtkStyle *previous_style);
568 static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
569 GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
571 static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
572 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
575 gboolean keyboard_tip,
576 GtkTooltip *tooltip);
577 static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
578 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
579 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
581 static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
583 GParamSpec **pspecs);
584 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
586 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
588 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
589 GdkEventFocus *event);
590 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
591 GdkEventFocus *event);
592 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
593 GdkEventTouch *event);
594 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
595 GtkDirectionType direction);
596 static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
597 GtkDirectionType direction);
598 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
599 GtkDirectionType direction);
600 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
601 static void gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
602 static void gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
603 static void gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget);
605 #define gtk_widget_verify_invariants(widget)
606 #define gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants(widget)
607 #define gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants(widget)
609 static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
610 static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
611 static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
614 static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
616 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
617 gboolean group_cycling);
618 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
621 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
624 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
626 gint *minimum_height,
627 gint *natural_height);
628 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
631 gint *natural_width);
632 static void gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
633 GtkStateFlags old_state);
634 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
635 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo* gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
637 static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
638 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
639 static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
640 static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
641 static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
642 cairo_region_t *region);
643 static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
644 static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
647 static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
648 gboolean has_tooltip,
650 static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
651 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
653 static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
654 static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
656 const gchar *childname);
657 static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
660 const GValue *value);
661 static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
664 const gchar *tagname,
665 GMarkupParser *parser,
667 static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
670 const gchar *tagname,
672 static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
673 GtkBuilder *builder);
675 static GtkSizeRequestMode gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget);
676 static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
679 static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
683 static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
686 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
687 GtkOrientation orientation,
690 static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
691 GtkOrientation orientation,
695 gint *allocated_size);
697 static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
700 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
702 static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
705 static void gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
709 static gboolean event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event);
711 /* --- variables --- */
712 static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
713 static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
714 static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
715 static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
716 static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
718 static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
719 static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
720 static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
721 static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
722 static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
723 static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
724 static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
725 static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
726 static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
727 static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
728 static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
729 static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
730 static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
731 static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
732 static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
733 static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
734 static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
735 static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
736 static GQuark quark_enabled_devices = 0;
737 static GQuark quark_size_groups = 0;
738 GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
739 GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
741 /* --- functions --- */
743 gtk_widget_get_type (void)
745 static GType widget_type = 0;
747 if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
749 const GTypeInfo widget_info =
751 sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
752 gtk_widget_base_class_init,
753 (GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
754 (GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
755 NULL, /* class_finalize */
756 NULL, /* class_init */
759 (GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
760 NULL, /* value_table */
763 const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
765 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
766 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
767 NULL /* interface data */
770 const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
772 (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
773 (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
774 NULL /* interface data */
777 widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
778 &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
780 g_type_add_class_private (widget_type, sizeof (GtkWidgetClassPrivate));
782 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
783 &accessibility_info) ;
784 g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
792 gtk_widget_base_class_init (gpointer g_class)
794 GtkWidgetClass *klass = g_class;
796 klass->priv = G_TYPE_CLASS_GET_PRIVATE (g_class, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET, GtkWidgetClassPrivate);
800 child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
804 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
807 /* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
808 * cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
809 * Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
812 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
813 GValue *return_value,
814 guint n_param_values,
815 const GValue *param_values,
816 gpointer invocation_hint,
817 gpointer marshal_data)
819 cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (¶m_values[1]);
823 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
834 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv (GClosure *closure,
835 GValue *return_value,
838 gpointer marshal_data,
845 G_VA_COPY (args_copy, args);
846 cr = va_arg (args_copy, gpointer);
850 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv (closure,
862 gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
864 static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
865 GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
866 GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
868 gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
870 quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
871 quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
872 quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
873 quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
874 quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
875 quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
876 quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
877 quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
878 quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
879 quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
880 quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
881 quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
882 quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
883 quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
884 quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
885 quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
886 quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
887 quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
888 quark_enabled_devices = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-enabled-devices");
889 quark_size_groups = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-size-groups");
891 style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
892 _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
893 cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
894 cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
895 _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
897 gobject_class->constructed = gtk_widget_constructed;
898 gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
899 gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
900 gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
901 gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
903 klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
905 klass->activate_signal = 0;
906 klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
907 klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
908 klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
909 klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
910 klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
911 klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
912 klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
913 klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
914 klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
915 klass->get_request_mode = gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode;
916 klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
917 klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
918 klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
919 klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
920 klass->state_changed = NULL;
921 klass->state_flags_changed = gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed;
922 klass->parent_set = NULL;
923 klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
924 klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
925 klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
926 klass->grab_notify = NULL;
927 klass->child_notify = NULL;
929 klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
930 klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
931 klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
932 klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
933 klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
935 klass->button_press_event = NULL;
936 klass->button_release_event = NULL;
937 klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
938 klass->touch_event = gtk_widget_real_touch_event;
939 klass->delete_event = NULL;
940 klass->destroy_event = NULL;
941 klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
942 klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
943 klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
944 klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
945 klass->configure_event = NULL;
946 klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
947 klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
948 klass->map_event = NULL;
949 klass->unmap_event = NULL;
950 klass->window_state_event = NULL;
951 klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
952 klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
953 klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
954 klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
955 klass->selection_received = NULL;
956 klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
957 klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
958 klass->drag_begin = NULL;
959 klass->drag_end = NULL;
960 klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
961 klass->drag_leave = NULL;
962 klass->drag_motion = NULL;
963 klass->drag_drop = NULL;
964 klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
965 klass->screen_changed = NULL;
966 klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
967 klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
968 klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
969 klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
971 klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
973 /* Accessibility support */
974 klass->priv->accessible_type = GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE;
975 klass->priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
976 klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
978 klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
979 klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
981 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
983 g_param_spec_string ("name",
985 P_("The name of the widget"),
987 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
988 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
990 g_param_spec_object ("parent",
992 P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
994 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
996 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
998 g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
1000 P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1004 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1005 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1006 PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
1007 g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
1008 P_("Height request"),
1009 P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
1013 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1014 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1016 g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
1018 P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
1020 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1021 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1023 g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
1025 P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
1027 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1028 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1030 g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
1031 P_("Application paintable"),
1032 P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
1034 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1035 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1037 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
1039 P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
1041 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1042 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1044 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
1046 P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
1048 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1049 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1051 g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
1053 P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
1055 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1056 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1058 g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
1060 P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
1062 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1063 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1065 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
1067 P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
1069 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1070 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1071 PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
1072 g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
1073 P_("Receives default"),
1074 P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
1076 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1077 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1078 PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
1079 g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
1080 P_("Composite child"),
1081 P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
1083 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1084 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1086 g_param_spec_object ("style",
1088 P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
1090 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1091 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1093 g_param_spec_flags ("events",
1095 P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
1096 GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
1098 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1099 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1101 g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
1103 P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
1105 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1108 * GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
1110 * Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
1111 * A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
1112 * the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
1113 * whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
1115 * Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
1116 * the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
1117 * and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
1118 * property is set to %FALSE again.
1122 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1124 g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
1126 P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
1128 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1130 * GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
1132 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
1134 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
1136 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1137 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1138 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1139 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1143 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1145 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
1147 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1149 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1151 * GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
1153 * Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
1154 * with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
1155 * Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
1157 * This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
1158 * tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
1159 * will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
1160 * #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
1164 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1165 PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
1166 g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
1167 P_("Tooltip markup"),
1168 P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
1170 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1175 * The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
1179 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1181 g_param_spec_object ("window",
1183 P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
1185 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
1188 * GtkWidget:double-buffered:
1190 * Whether the widget is double buffered.
1194 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1195 PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
1196 g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
1197 P_("Double Buffered"),
1198 P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
1200 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1205 * How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1209 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1211 g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
1212 P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
1213 P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
1216 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1221 * How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
1225 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1227 g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
1228 P_("Vertical Alignment"),
1229 P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
1232 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1235 * GtkWidget:margin-left:
1237 * Margin on left side of widget.
1239 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1240 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1241 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1245 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1247 g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
1248 P_("Margin on Left"),
1249 P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
1253 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1256 * GtkWidget:margin-right:
1258 * Margin on right side of widget.
1260 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1261 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1262 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1266 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1268 g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
1269 P_("Margin on Right"),
1270 P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
1274 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1277 * GtkWidget:margin-top:
1279 * Margin on top side of widget.
1281 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1282 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1283 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1287 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1289 g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
1290 P_("Margin on Top"),
1291 P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
1295 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1298 * GtkWidget:margin-bottom:
1300 * Margin on bottom side of widget.
1302 * This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
1303 * request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
1304 * gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
1308 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1310 g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
1311 P_("Margin on Bottom"),
1312 P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
1316 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1321 * Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
1322 * margin on any side.
1326 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1328 g_param_spec_int ("margin",
1330 P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
1334 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1337 * GtkWidget::destroy:
1338 * @object: the object which received the signal
1340 * Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
1341 * the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
1342 * if all references are released.
1344 widget_signals[DESTROY] =
1345 g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
1346 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1347 G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1348 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
1350 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1354 * GtkWidget:hexpand:
1356 * Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
1360 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1362 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
1363 P_("Horizontal Expand"),
1364 P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
1366 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1369 * GtkWidget:hexpand-set:
1371 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
1375 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1377 g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
1378 P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
1379 P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
1381 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1384 * GtkWidget:vexpand:
1386 * Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
1390 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1392 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
1393 P_("Vertical Expand"),
1394 P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
1396 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1399 * GtkWidget:vexpand-set:
1401 * Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
1405 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1407 g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
1408 P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
1409 P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
1411 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1416 * Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
1420 g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
1422 g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
1424 P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
1426 GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
1430 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1432 widget_signals[SHOW] =
1433 g_signal_new (I_("show"),
1434 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1436 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
1438 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1443 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1445 widget_signals[HIDE] =
1446 g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
1447 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1449 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
1451 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1456 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1458 widget_signals[MAP] =
1459 g_signal_new (I_("map"),
1460 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1462 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
1464 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1469 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1471 widget_signals[UNMAP] =
1472 g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
1473 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1475 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
1477 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1481 * GtkWidget::realize:
1482 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1484 widget_signals[REALIZE] =
1485 g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
1486 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1488 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
1490 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1494 * GtkWidget::unrealize:
1495 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1497 widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
1498 g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
1499 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1501 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
1503 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1507 * GtkWidget::size-allocate:
1508 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1511 widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
1512 g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
1513 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1515 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
1517 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1519 GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1522 * GtkWidget::state-changed:
1523 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1524 * @state: the previous state
1526 * The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
1527 * See gtk_widget_get_state().
1529 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
1531 widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
1532 g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
1533 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1535 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
1537 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1539 GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
1542 * GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
1543 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1544 * @flags: The previous state flags.
1546 * The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
1547 * changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
1551 widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
1552 g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
1553 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1555 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
1557 _gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
1559 GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
1562 * GtkWidget::parent-set:
1563 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1564 * @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
1565 * just got its initial parent.
1567 * The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
1568 * has been set on a widget.
1570 widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
1571 g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
1572 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1574 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
1576 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1581 * GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
1582 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1583 * @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
1584 * if the widget was previously unanchored
1586 * The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
1587 * anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
1588 * <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
1589 * ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
1590 * a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
1592 widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
1593 g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
1594 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1596 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
1598 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1603 * GtkWidget::style-set:
1604 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1605 * @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
1606 * just got its initial style
1608 * The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
1609 * on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
1610 * gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1612 * Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
1613 * #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
1614 * with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
1616 * Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
1618 widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
1619 g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
1620 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1622 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
1624 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
1629 * GtkWidget::style-updated:
1630 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1632 * The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
1633 * of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
1634 * gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
1638 widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
1639 g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
1640 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1642 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
1644 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1648 * GtkWidget::direction-changed:
1649 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
1650 * @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
1652 * The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
1653 * of a widget changes.
1655 widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
1656 g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
1657 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1659 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
1661 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1663 GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
1666 * GtkWidget::grab-notify:
1667 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1668 * @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
1669 * if it becomes unshadowed
1671 * The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
1672 * shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
1673 * another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
1676 * A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
1677 * grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
1680 widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
1681 g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
1682 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1684 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
1686 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
1691 * GtkWidget::child-notify:
1692 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1693 * @child_property: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
1695 * The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
1696 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
1697 * changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
1699 widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
1700 g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
1701 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1702 G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
1703 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
1705 g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
1711 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1712 * @cr: the cairo context to draw to
1714 * This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
1715 * The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
1716 * the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
1717 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
1718 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
1720 * Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
1721 * context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
1722 * restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
1723 * before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
1725 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1726 % %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1730 widget_signals[DRAW] =
1731 g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
1732 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1734 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
1735 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1736 gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
1738 CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
1739 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DRAW], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1740 gtk_widget_draw_marshallerv);
1743 * GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
1744 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1747 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1748 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1750 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
1751 g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
1752 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1754 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
1755 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1756 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
1761 * GtkWidget::grab-focus:
1762 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1764 widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
1765 g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
1766 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
1767 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1768 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
1770 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
1775 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1778 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1780 widget_signals[FOCUS] =
1781 g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
1782 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1784 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
1785 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1786 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1788 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1791 * GtkWidget::move-focus:
1792 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1795 widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
1796 g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
1797 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1798 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
1799 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
1801 _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
1804 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1807 * GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
1808 * @widget: the object which received the signal
1809 * @direction: the direction of movement
1811 * Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
1812 * See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
1814 * Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
1815 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
1816 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
1820 widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
1821 g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
1822 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1824 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
1825 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1826 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
1828 GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
1832 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1833 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1835 * The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
1836 * to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
1837 * signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
1838 * #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
1839 * #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
1841 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
1842 * and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
1843 * %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
1844 * the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
1847 widget_signals[EVENT] =
1848 g_signal_new (I_("event"),
1849 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1851 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
1852 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1853 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1855 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1856 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1857 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1860 * GtkWidget::event-after:
1861 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1862 * @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
1864 * After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
1865 * the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
1866 * regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
1869 widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
1870 g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
1871 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1875 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
1877 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1878 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1879 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1882 * GtkWidget::button-press-event:
1883 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1884 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1887 * The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
1888 * (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
1890 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1891 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1893 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1895 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1896 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1898 widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
1899 g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
1900 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1902 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
1903 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1904 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1906 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1907 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1908 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1911 * GtkWidget::button-release-event:
1912 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1913 * @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
1916 * The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
1917 * (typically from a mouse) is released.
1919 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
1920 * widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
1922 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1924 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1925 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1927 widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
1928 g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
1929 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1931 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
1932 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1933 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1935 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1936 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1937 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1939 widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT] =
1940 g_signal_new (I_("touch-event"),
1941 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1943 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, touch_event),
1944 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1945 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1947 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1948 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[TOUCH_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1949 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1952 * GtkWidget::scroll-event:
1953 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1954 * @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
1957 * The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
1958 * range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
1959 * button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
1961 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
1962 * to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
1964 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1966 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1967 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1969 widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
1970 g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
1971 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1973 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
1974 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
1975 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
1977 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
1978 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
1979 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
1982 * GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
1983 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
1984 * @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
1987 * The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
1988 * over the widget's #GdkWindow.
1990 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
1991 * needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
1993 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
1995 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
1996 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
1998 widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
1999 g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
2000 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2002 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
2003 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2004 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2006 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2007 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2008 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2011 * GtkWidget::composited-changed:
2012 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
2014 * The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
2015 * status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
2016 * See gdk_screen_is_composited().
2018 widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
2019 g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
2020 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2021 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
2022 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
2024 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
2028 * GtkWidget::delete-event:
2029 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2030 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2032 * The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
2033 * a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
2034 * destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
2035 * this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
2036 * it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
2038 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2039 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2041 widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
2042 g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
2043 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2045 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
2046 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2047 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2049 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2050 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2051 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2054 * GtkWidget::destroy-event:
2055 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2056 * @event: the event which triggered this signal
2058 * The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
2059 * You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
2060 * from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
2061 * window at destroy time.
2063 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2064 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2065 * automatically for all new windows.
2067 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2068 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2070 widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
2071 g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
2072 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2074 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
2075 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2076 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2078 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2079 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2080 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2083 * GtkWidget::key-press-event:
2084 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2085 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2087 * The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed. The signal
2088 * emission will reoccur at the key-repeat rate when the key is kept pressed.
2090 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2091 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
2093 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2095 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2096 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2098 widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
2099 g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
2100 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2102 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
2103 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2104 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2106 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2107 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2108 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2111 * GtkWidget::key-release-event:
2112 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2113 * @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
2115 * The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is released.
2117 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2118 * to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
2120 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2122 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2123 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2125 widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
2126 g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
2127 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2129 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
2130 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2131 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2133 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2134 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2135 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2138 * GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
2139 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2140 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2143 * The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
2144 * the @widget's window.
2146 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2147 * to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2149 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2151 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2152 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2154 widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2155 g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
2156 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2158 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
2159 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2160 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2162 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2163 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2164 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2167 * GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
2168 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2169 * @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
2172 * The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
2173 * the @widget's window.
2175 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2176 * to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2178 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2180 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2181 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2183 widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2184 g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
2185 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2187 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
2188 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2189 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2191 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2192 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2193 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2196 * GtkWidget::configure-event:
2197 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2198 * @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
2201 * The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
2202 * stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
2204 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2205 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2206 * automatically for all new windows.
2208 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2209 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2211 widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
2212 g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
2213 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2215 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
2216 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2217 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2219 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2220 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2221 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2224 * GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
2225 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2226 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
2229 * The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2230 * enters the @widget's window.
2232 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2233 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2235 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2236 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2238 widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
2239 g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
2240 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2242 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
2243 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2244 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2246 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2247 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2248 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2251 * GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
2252 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2253 * @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
2256 * The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
2257 * leaves the @widget's window.
2259 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2260 * to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2262 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2263 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2265 widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
2266 g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
2267 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2269 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
2270 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2271 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2273 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2274 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2275 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2278 * GtkWidget::map-event:
2279 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2280 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
2282 * The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2283 * mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
2285 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2286 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2287 * automatically for all new windows.
2289 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2290 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2292 widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
2293 g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
2294 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2296 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
2297 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2298 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2300 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2301 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[MAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2302 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2305 * GtkWidget::unmap-event:
2306 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2307 * @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
2309 * The ::unmap-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
2310 * unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
2312 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2313 * to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
2314 * automatically for all new windows.
2316 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2317 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2319 widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
2320 g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
2321 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2323 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
2324 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2325 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2327 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2328 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2329 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2332 * GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
2333 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2334 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
2337 * The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
2338 * the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
2340 * To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2341 * to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
2343 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2344 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2346 widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2347 g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
2348 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2350 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
2351 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2352 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2354 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2355 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2356 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2359 * GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
2360 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2361 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2364 * The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
2365 * the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
2367 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2368 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2370 widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
2371 g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
2372 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2374 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
2375 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2376 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2378 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2379 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2380 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2383 * GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
2384 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2385 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
2388 * The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
2389 * another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
2390 * the @widget's window.
2392 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2393 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2395 widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
2396 g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
2397 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2399 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
2400 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2401 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2403 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2404 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2405 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2408 * GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
2409 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2410 * @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection):
2412 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2414 widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2415 g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
2416 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2418 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
2419 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2420 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2422 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2423 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2424 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2427 * GtkWidget::selection-received:
2428 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2432 widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
2433 g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
2434 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2436 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
2438 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
2440 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2444 * GtkWidget::selection-get:
2445 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2450 widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
2451 g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
2452 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2454 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
2456 _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2458 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2463 * GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
2464 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2465 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2468 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2469 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
2471 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2473 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2474 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2476 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
2477 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
2478 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2480 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
2481 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2482 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2484 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2485 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2486 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2489 * GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
2490 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2491 * @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
2494 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2495 * to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
2497 * This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
2499 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2500 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2502 widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
2503 g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
2504 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2506 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
2507 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2508 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2510 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2511 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2512 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2515 * GtkWidget::drag-leave:
2516 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
2517 * @context: the drag context
2518 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2520 * The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
2521 * leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
2522 * undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
2523 * with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
2525 widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
2526 g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
2527 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2529 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
2531 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
2533 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2537 * GtkWidget::drag-begin:
2538 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2539 * @context: the drag context
2541 * The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2542 * started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
2543 * custom drag icon with e.g. gtk_drag_source_set_icon_pixbuf().
2545 * Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
2546 * this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
2547 * override what the default handler did.
2549 widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
2550 g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
2551 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2553 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
2555 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2557 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2560 * GtkWidget::drag-end:
2561 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2562 * @context: the drag context
2564 * The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
2565 * finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
2566 * things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
2568 widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
2569 g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
2570 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2572 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
2574 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2576 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2579 * GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
2580 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2581 * @context: the drag context
2583 * The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
2584 * with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
2585 * handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
2586 * "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
2588 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
2589 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
2590 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2592 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
2594 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
2596 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
2599 * GtkWidget::drag-failed:
2600 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2601 * @context: the drag context
2602 * @result: the result of the drag operation
2604 * The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
2605 * failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
2606 * operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
2607 * been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
2608 * animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
2610 * Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
2614 widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
2615 g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
2616 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2618 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_failed),
2619 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2620 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
2622 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2623 GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
2626 * GtkWidget::drag-motion:
2627 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2628 * @context: the drag context
2629 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2630 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2631 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2633 * The ::drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
2634 * moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
2635 * must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
2636 * If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
2637 * is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
2638 * handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
2639 * displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
2641 * If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
2642 * made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
2643 * handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
2644 * defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
2645 * handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
2646 * #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
2647 * when using the drag-motion signal that way.
2649 * Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
2650 * keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
2651 * last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
2652 * an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
2653 * the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
2656 * drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
2657 * GdkDragContext *context,
2664 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2666 * if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
2668 * private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
2669 * gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
2672 * target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
2673 * if (target == GDK_NONE)
2674 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2677 * private_data->pending_status = gdk_drag_context_get_suggested_action (context);
2678 * gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
2685 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2686 * GdkDragContext *context,
2689 * GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
2693 * PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
2695 * if (private_data->suggested_action)
2697 * private_data->suggested_action = 0;
2699 * /* We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
2700 * * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
2701 * * supposed to call gdk_drag_status(), not actually paste in
2704 * str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
2705 * if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
2706 * gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
2708 * gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
2712 * /* accept the drop */
2717 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2719 widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
2720 g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
2721 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2723 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
2724 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2725 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2727 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2733 * GtkWidget::drag-drop:
2734 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2735 * @context: the drag context
2736 * @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
2737 * @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
2738 * @time: the timestamp of the motion event
2740 * The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
2741 * the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
2742 * the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
2743 * zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
2744 * Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
2745 * ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
2746 * the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
2747 * directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
2748 * triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
2749 * or more of the supported targets.
2751 * Returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
2753 widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
2754 g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
2755 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2757 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
2758 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2759 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
2761 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2767 * GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
2768 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2769 * @context: the drag context
2770 * @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
2771 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2773 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
2775 * The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
2776 * site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
2777 * the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
2778 * is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
2779 * gtk_selection_data_set_text().
2781 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
2782 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
2783 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2785 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
2787 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2789 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2790 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2795 * GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
2796 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2797 * @context: the drag context
2798 * @x: where the drop happened
2799 * @y: where the drop happened
2800 * @data: the received data
2801 * @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
2803 * @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
2805 * The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
2806 * dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
2807 * determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
2808 * to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
2809 * If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
2810 * (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
2811 * signal is expected to process the received data and then call
2812 * gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on
2813 * whether the data was processed successfully.
2815 * The handler may inspect the selected action with
2816 * gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action() before calling
2817 * gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as
2818 * shown in the following example:
2821 * drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
2822 * GdkDragContext *context,
2825 * GtkSelectionData *data,
2829 * if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
2831 * GdkDragAction action;
2833 * /* handle data here */
2835 * action = gdk_drag_context_get_selected_action (context);
2836 * if (action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
2838 * GtkWidget *dialog;
2841 * dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
2842 * GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
2843 * GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
2845 * GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
2846 * "Move the data ?\n");
2847 * response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
2848 * gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
2850 * if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
2851 * action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
2853 * action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
2856 * gtk_drag_finish (context, TRUE, action == GDK_ACTION_MOVE, time);
2859 * gtk_drag_finish (context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
2863 widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
2864 g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
2865 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2867 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
2869 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
2871 GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
2874 GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
2879 * GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
2880 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2881 * @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
2882 * triggered this signal.
2884 * The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
2885 * is obscured or unobscured.
2887 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
2888 * to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
2890 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2891 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2893 widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
2894 g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
2895 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2897 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
2898 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2899 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2901 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2904 * GtkWidget::window-state-event:
2905 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2906 * @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
2907 * triggered this signal.
2909 * The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
2910 * toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
2912 * To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
2913 * needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
2914 * this mask automatically for all new windows.
2916 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
2917 * event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2919 widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
2920 g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
2921 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2923 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
2924 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2925 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2927 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2928 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2929 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2932 * GtkWidget::damage-event:
2933 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2934 * @event: (type Gdk.EventExpose): the #GdkEventExpose event
2936 * Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
2937 * The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
2938 * drawable was drawn into.
2940 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
2941 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2945 widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
2946 g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
2947 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2949 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
2950 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2951 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2953 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2954 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2955 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2958 * GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
2959 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2960 * @event: (type Gdk.EventGrabBroken): the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
2962 * Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
2963 * to @widget gets broken.
2965 * On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
2966 * (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
2967 * application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
2969 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
2970 * the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
2974 widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
2975 g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
2976 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2978 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
2979 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
2980 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
2982 GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
2983 g_signal_set_va_marshaller (widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT], G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
2984 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXEDv);
2987 * GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
2988 * @widget: the object which received the signal
2989 * @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2990 * been emitted, relative to @widget's left side
2991 * @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
2992 * been emitted, relative to @widget's top
2993 * @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
2994 * @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
2996 * Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
2997 * has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
2998 * focus in keyboard mode.
3000 * Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
3001 * whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
3002 * %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
3003 * @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
3004 * should not be used.
3006 * The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
3007 * destined function calls.
3009 * Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
3013 widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
3014 g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
3015 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3017 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
3018 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3019 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
3027 * GtkWidget::popup-menu:
3028 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3030 * This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
3031 * menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
3032 * by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
3033 * the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
3034 * a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
3035 * for an example of how to use this signal.
3037 * Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
3039 widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
3040 g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
3041 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3042 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3043 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
3044 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3045 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
3049 * GtkWidget::show-help:
3050 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3053 * Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
3054 * %FALSE to propagate the event further.
3056 widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
3057 g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
3058 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3059 G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
3060 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
3061 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3062 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
3064 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
3067 * GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
3068 * @widget: the object which received the signal.
3070 widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
3071 g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
3072 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3076 _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
3080 * GtkWidget::screen-changed:
3081 * @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
3082 * @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
3083 * widget was not associated with a screen before
3085 * The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
3086 * screen of a widget has changed.
3088 widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
3089 g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
3090 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3092 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
3094 _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
3099 * GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
3100 * @widget: the object which received the signal
3101 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
3103 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
3104 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
3105 * This signal is present to allow applications and derived
3106 * widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
3107 * for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
3109 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
3111 widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
3112 g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
3113 G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
3115 G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
3116 _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
3117 _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
3118 G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
3120 binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
3121 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3123 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
3126 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3128 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3129 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3130 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
3132 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3133 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
3134 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3136 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3137 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3138 gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
3140 GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
3141 GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
3143 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3144 g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
3145 P_("Interior Focus"),
3146 P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
3148 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3150 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3151 g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
3152 P_("Focus linewidth"),
3153 P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
3155 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3157 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3158 g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
3159 P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
3160 P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
3162 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3163 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3164 g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
3165 P_("Focus padding"),
3166 P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
3168 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3169 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3170 g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
3172 P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3174 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3175 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3176 g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
3177 P_("Secondary cursor color"),
3178 P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
3180 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3181 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3182 g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
3183 P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
3184 P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
3186 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3188 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3189 g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
3190 P_("Window dragging"),
3191 P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
3193 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3196 * GtkWidget:link-color:
3198 * The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
3202 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3203 g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
3204 P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
3205 P_("Color of unvisited links"),
3207 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3210 * GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
3212 * The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
3216 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3217 g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
3218 P_("Visited Link Color"),
3219 P_("Color of visited links"),
3221 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3224 * GtkWidget:wide-separators:
3226 * The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
3227 * configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
3231 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3232 g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
3233 P_("Wide Separators"),
3234 P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
3236 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3239 * GtkWidget:separator-width:
3241 * The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
3242 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3246 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3247 g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
3248 P_("Separator Width"),
3249 P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
3251 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3254 * GtkWidget:separator-height:
3256 * The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
3257 * This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
3261 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3262 g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
3263 P_("Separator Height"),
3264 P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
3266 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3269 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
3271 * The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
3272 * horizontal scroll arrows.
3276 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3277 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
3278 P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
3279 P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
3281 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3284 * GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
3286 * The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
3287 * vertical scroll arrows.
3291 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3292 g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
3293 P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
3294 P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
3296 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3298 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3299 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-width",
3300 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3301 P_("Width of text selection handles"),
3303 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3304 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
3305 g_param_spec_int ("text-handle-height",
3306 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3307 P_("Height of text selection handles"),
3309 GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
3311 g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
3313 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (klass, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_ACCESSIBLE);
3317 gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
3321 list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
3322 for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
3324 GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
3326 g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
3327 g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
3333 gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
3335 const GValue *value,
3338 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3343 gchar *tooltip_markup;
3344 const gchar *tooltip_text;
3345 GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
3348 gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
3351 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
3353 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3354 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
3356 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3357 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
3360 gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3362 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3363 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3365 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3366 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3368 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3369 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3371 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3372 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3373 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3376 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3377 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
3379 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3380 gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3382 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3383 if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
3384 gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
3386 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3387 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3390 gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
3393 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
3394 gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
3396 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3397 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3399 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3400 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
3401 g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
3403 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3404 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3405 tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
3407 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3408 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3410 if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
3412 g_free (tooltip_markup);
3413 tooltip_markup = NULL;
3416 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3417 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3419 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3420 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3421 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3422 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3424 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3425 tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
3427 tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
3429 /* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
3430 * because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
3432 if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
3433 tooltip_text = NULL;
3435 tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
3437 g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
3438 tooltip_markup, g_free);
3440 tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
3441 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
3442 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
3443 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
3445 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3446 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3449 gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3452 gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
3454 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3455 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3457 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3458 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3460 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3461 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3463 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3464 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3467 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3468 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3469 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3470 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3471 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
3472 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3475 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3477 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3478 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3481 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3483 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3484 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3487 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3488 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3489 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
3490 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3493 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3499 gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
3504 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
3505 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3513 g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
3515 g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
3518 g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
3520 case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
3523 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
3524 g_value_set_int (value, w);
3527 case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
3530 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
3531 g_value_set_int (value, h);
3535 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
3537 case PROP_SENSITIVE:
3538 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
3540 case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
3541 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
3543 case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
3544 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3546 case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
3547 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
3550 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
3552 case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
3553 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
3555 case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
3556 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
3558 case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
3559 g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
3561 case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
3562 g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
3565 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
3568 eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
3569 g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
3571 case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
3572 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
3574 case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
3575 g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
3577 case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
3579 gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
3582 if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
3583 g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
3585 g_value_take_string (value, text);
3588 case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
3589 g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
3592 g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
3594 case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
3595 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
3598 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
3601 g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
3603 case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
3604 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
3606 case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
3607 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
3609 case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
3610 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
3612 case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
3613 g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
3617 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
3618 if (aux_info == NULL)
3620 g_value_set_int (value, 0);
3624 g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
3625 aux_info->margin.right),
3626 MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
3627 aux_info->margin.bottom)));
3632 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
3634 case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
3635 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
3638 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3640 case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
3641 g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
3644 g_value_set_boolean (value,
3645 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
3646 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
3649 G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
3655 gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
3657 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3659 widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
3662 priv = widget->priv;
3664 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3666 priv->allocation.x = -1;
3667 priv->allocation.y = -1;
3668 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3669 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3670 priv->window = NULL;
3671 priv->parent = NULL;
3673 priv->sensitive = TRUE;
3674 priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
3675 priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
3676 priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
3677 priv->width_request_needed = TRUE;
3678 priv->height_request_needed = TRUE;
3679 priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
3681 /* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
3682 * expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
3683 * we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
3685 * We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
3686 * all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
3688 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
3690 _gtk_size_request_cache_init (&priv->requests);
3692 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
3693 g_object_ref (priv->style);
3698 gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
3700 GParamSpec **pspecs)
3702 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3703 GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
3706 for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
3707 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
3711 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
3712 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3714 * Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
3715 * signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
3718 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
3721 gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3723 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3725 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3728 g_object_ref (widget);
3729 g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3730 g_object_unref (widget);
3734 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
3735 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3736 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
3737 * class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
3739 * Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
3740 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
3743 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
3745 * Also see gtk_container_child_notify().
3748 gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
3749 const gchar *child_property)
3751 if (widget->priv->parent == NULL)
3754 gtk_container_child_notify (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget, child_property);
3758 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
3759 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3761 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
3762 * This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
3766 gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
3768 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3770 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3772 if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
3775 g_object_ref (widget);
3776 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3777 if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
3778 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
3779 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
3781 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3782 g_object_unref (widget);
3788 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
3789 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
3790 * @...: value of first property, followed by more properties,
3793 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
3794 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
3795 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
3796 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
3797 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
3798 * cast the object yourself.
3800 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
3803 gtk_widget_new (GType type,
3804 const gchar *first_property_name,
3810 g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
3812 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
3813 widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
3820 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
3822 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
3825 parent = priv->parent;
3826 if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
3827 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
3830 priv->allocation.width,
3831 priv->allocation.height);
3835 * gtk_widget_unparent:
3836 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3838 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
3839 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
3840 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
3843 gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
3845 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
3846 GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
3847 GtkWidget *toplevel;
3848 GtkWidget *old_parent;
3850 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3852 priv = widget->priv;
3854 if (priv->parent == NULL)
3857 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach() */
3859 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
3861 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3862 nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
3864 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
3865 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
3866 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
3868 if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
3869 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
3871 gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
3873 /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
3874 * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
3875 * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
3876 * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
3878 priv->allocation.width = 1;
3879 priv->allocation.height = 1;
3881 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
3883 if (priv->in_reparent)
3884 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
3886 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
3889 /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
3890 * to emit hierarchy changed
3892 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
3893 g_object_ref (toplevel);
3897 /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
3898 * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
3899 * in the next parent.
3901 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
3903 old_parent = priv->parent;
3904 priv->parent = NULL;
3906 /* parent may no longer expand if the removed
3907 * child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
3910 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
3911 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
3912 priv->computed_hexpand ||
3913 priv->computed_vexpand))
3915 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
3918 /* Unset BACKDROP since we are no longer inside a toplevel window */
3919 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_BACKDROP);
3921 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context, NULL);
3923 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
3925 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
3928 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
3929 g_object_unref (toplevel);
3932 /* Now that the parent pointer is nullified and the hierarchy-changed
3933 * already passed, go ahead and unset the parent window, if we are unparenting
3934 * an embeded GtkWindow the window will become toplevel again and hierarchy-changed
3935 * will fire again for the new subhierarchy.
3937 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
3939 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
3940 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
3942 g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3943 g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
3945 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
3946 g_object_unref (widget);
3950 * gtk_widget_destroy:
3951 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3953 * Destroys a widget.
3956 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
3957 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
3958 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
3959 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
3960 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
3961 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
3962 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
3963 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
3965 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
3966 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
3967 * be destroyed as well.
3970 gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
3972 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
3974 if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
3975 g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
3979 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
3980 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
3981 * @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
3983 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
3984 * %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
3985 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
3986 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
3987 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
3988 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
3989 * of the same dialog.
3992 gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
3993 GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
3995 /* Don't make any assumptions about the
3997 * Even check widget_pointer.
4000 *widget_pointer = NULL;
4005 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4007 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
4008 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
4009 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
4010 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
4012 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
4013 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
4015 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
4016 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
4017 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
4020 gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4022 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4024 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4026 g_object_ref (widget);
4027 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4029 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4030 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4032 /* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
4035 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4036 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4037 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4039 if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
4040 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
4043 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
4044 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4046 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4047 g_object_unref (widget);
4052 gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
4054 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4056 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4058 priv->visible = TRUE;
4061 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
4062 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
4063 !gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4064 gtk_widget_map (widget);
4069 gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
4072 g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
4073 gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
4078 * gtk_widget_show_now:
4079 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4081 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
4082 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
4083 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
4084 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
4088 gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
4092 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4094 /* make sure we will get event */
4095 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
4096 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4098 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4100 g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
4101 G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
4105 gtk_main_iteration ();
4108 gtk_widget_show (widget);
4113 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4115 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
4116 * hidden (invisible to the user).
4119 gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4121 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4123 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4125 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
4127 g_object_ref (widget);
4128 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4130 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
4131 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
4133 /* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
4134 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
4135 widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
4136 widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
4138 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
4141 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
4142 if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4143 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
4144 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
4146 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4147 g_object_unref (widget);
4152 gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
4154 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
4156 widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
4158 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4159 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4164 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
4165 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4167 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
4168 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
4169 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
4170 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
4171 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
4172 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
4175 * Return value: %TRUE
4178 gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
4180 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
4182 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
4188 * gtk_widget_show_all:
4189 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4191 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
4195 gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
4197 GtkWidgetClass *class;
4199 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4201 if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
4204 class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
4206 if (class->show_all)
4207 class->show_all (widget);
4212 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4214 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4215 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
4218 gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
4220 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4222 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4223 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
4224 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
4226 priv = widget->priv;
4228 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4230 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4232 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4233 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
4235 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
4237 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4238 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4240 if (widget->priv->context)
4241 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4243 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4249 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4251 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
4252 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
4255 gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
4257 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4259 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4261 priv = widget->priv;
4263 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4265 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4267 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4268 gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
4269 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
4271 if (widget->priv->context)
4272 _gtk_style_context_update_animating (widget->priv->context);
4274 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
4276 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4278 /* Unset pointer/window info */
4279 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
4284 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
4286 GHashTable *device_events;
4287 GHashTableIter iter;
4288 gpointer key, value;
4290 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
4295 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
4297 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
4300 GdkEventMask event_mask;
4303 event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
4304 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
4309 get_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget)
4311 GList *window_list, *last, *l, *children, *ret;
4313 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4314 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4316 window_list = gdk_window_peek_children (gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
4318 last = g_list_last (window_list);
4321 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4323 GtkWidget *window_widget = NULL;
4325 gdk_window_get_user_data (l->data, (gpointer *) &window_widget);
4327 if (widget != window_widget)
4330 ret = g_list_prepend (ret, l->data);
4331 children = gdk_window_peek_children (GDK_WINDOW (l->data));
4335 last = g_list_concat (last, children);
4336 last = g_list_last (last);
4340 g_list_free (window_list);
4346 device_enable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4349 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4350 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, TRUE);
4354 device_disable_foreach (GtkWidget *widget,
4357 GdkDevice *device = user_data;
4358 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, FALSE);
4362 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
4367 GList *window_list, *l;
4369 window_list = get_widget_windows (widget);
4371 for (l = window_list; l; l = l->next)
4373 GdkEventMask events = 0;
4379 events = gdk_window_get_events (window);
4381 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, events);
4384 if (recurse && GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
4387 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_enable_foreach, device);
4389 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), device_disable_foreach, device);
4392 g_list_free (window_list);
4396 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
4399 GList *enabled_devices, *l;
4401 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
4403 for (l = enabled_devices; l; l = l->next)
4404 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, GDK_DEVICE (l->data), recurse, TRUE);
4408 * gtk_widget_realize:
4409 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4411 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
4412 * widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
4413 * is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
4414 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
4415 * realized and mapped automatically.
4417 * Realizing a widget requires all
4418 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
4419 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
4420 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
4421 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
4423 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
4424 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
4425 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
4426 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
4427 * #GtkWidget::draw. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
4428 * #GtkWidget::realize signal.
4431 gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
4433 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4434 cairo_region_t *region;
4436 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4437 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
4438 GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
4440 priv = widget->priv;
4442 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4444 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4447 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4448 g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
4451 if (priv->parent == NULL &&
4452 !gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
4453 g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
4454 "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
4455 "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
4457 if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
4458 gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
4460 gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
4462 if (priv->style_update_pending)
4463 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
4465 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
4467 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
4468 GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
4471 if (priv->has_shape_mask)
4473 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
4474 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4477 region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
4479 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
4481 if (priv->multidevice)
4482 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
4484 _gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
4485 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, TRUE);
4487 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4492 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
4493 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4495 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
4496 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
4497 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
4500 gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
4502 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4504 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4506 if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
4507 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4509 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
4510 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
4512 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4514 g_object_ref (widget);
4516 if (widget->priv->mapped)
4517 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
4519 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
4520 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
4521 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
4523 g_object_unref (widget);
4526 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4529 /*****************************************
4531 *****************************************/
4534 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
4535 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4536 * @region: region to draw
4538 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
4539 * calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
4540 * all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
4541 * current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
4542 * will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
4545 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
4546 * implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
4547 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
4552 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
4553 const cairo_region_t *region)
4555 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4558 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4560 priv = widget->priv;
4562 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4565 /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
4566 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
4567 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
4570 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
4574 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
4575 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4576 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4577 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
4578 * @width: width of region to draw
4579 * @height: height of region to draw
4581 * Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
4582 * the region created from the given coordinates.
4584 * The region here is specified in widget coordinates.
4585 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
4586 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
4587 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
4588 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
4591 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
4598 cairo_region_t *region;
4600 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4605 rect.height = height;
4607 region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
4608 gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
4609 cairo_region_destroy (region);
4613 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
4614 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4616 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
4617 * entire area of a widget.
4620 gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
4624 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4626 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
4628 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
4629 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4630 rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
4632 gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
4633 0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
4637 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
4638 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4640 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
4641 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
4642 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
4643 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
4644 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
4646 * <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
4647 * from inside its implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
4648 * virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
4649 * GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
4652 gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
4654 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4656 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4657 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
4659 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4663 * gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
4664 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4666 * This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
4667 * except that the widget is not invalidated.
4672 gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
4674 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4676 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
4680 * gtk_widget_size_request:
4681 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4682 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4684 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
4685 * subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
4686 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
4687 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
4689 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
4690 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
4691 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
4692 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
4694 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
4695 * a widget will actually be allocated.
4697 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4700 gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
4701 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4703 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4705 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4709 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
4710 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4711 * @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
4713 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
4714 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
4715 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
4716 * in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
4719 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
4720 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
4721 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
4722 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
4723 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
4725 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
4726 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
4727 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
4728 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
4729 * implementations have this information; applications should use
4730 * gtk_widget_size_request().
4733 * Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
4736 gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
4737 GtkRequisition *requisition)
4739 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
4743 invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
4748 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
4750 return (user_data == data);
4753 /* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
4754 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
4755 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
4756 * modified by this call.
4759 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
4760 cairo_region_t *region)
4762 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
4764 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
4767 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
4771 gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
4772 cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
4775 gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
4776 invalidate_predicate, widget);
4780 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
4781 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
4782 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
4784 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
4785 * and position to their child widgets.
4787 * In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
4788 * to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
4789 * method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
4790 * adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
4791 * widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
4794 gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
4795 GtkAllocation *allocation)
4797 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
4798 GdkRectangle real_allocation;
4799 GdkRectangle old_allocation;
4800 GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
4801 gboolean alloc_needed;
4802 gboolean size_changed;
4803 gboolean position_changed;
4804 gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
4805 gint min_width, min_height;
4807 priv = widget->priv;
4809 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
4811 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
4813 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4814 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4825 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
4828 name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
4829 g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
4830 2 * depth, " ", name,
4831 allocation->width, allocation->height);
4833 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
4835 alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
4836 if (!priv->width_request_needed && !priv->height_request_needed)
4837 /* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
4838 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4840 old_allocation = priv->allocation;
4841 real_allocation = *allocation;
4843 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
4844 if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
4846 /* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
4847 * of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4848 * when aligning implicitly.
4850 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
4851 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &min_height, &natural_height);
4855 /* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
4856 * of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
4857 * when aligning implicitly.
4859 gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
4860 gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &min_width, &natural_width);
4863 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
4864 if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
4866 if ((min_width > real_allocation.width || min_height > real_allocation.height) &&
4867 !GTK_IS_SCROLLABLE (widget))
4868 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to underallocate %s%s %s %p. "
4869 "Allocation is %dx%d, but minimum required size is %dx%d.",
4870 priv->parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent) : "", priv->parent ? "'s child" : "toplevel",
4871 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4872 real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4873 min_width, min_height);
4876 /* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
4877 * allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
4878 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4879 GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
4882 &adjusted_allocation.x,
4883 &adjusted_allocation.width);
4884 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
4885 GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
4888 &adjusted_allocation.y,
4889 &adjusted_allocation.height);
4891 if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
4892 adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
4893 (adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
4894 (real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
4895 (adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
4896 real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
4898 g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
4899 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
4900 real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
4901 adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
4902 adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
4906 real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
4909 if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
4911 g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
4912 real_allocation.width,
4913 real_allocation.height);
4916 real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
4917 real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
4919 size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
4920 old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
4921 position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
4922 old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
4924 if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
4927 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
4929 /* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
4930 priv->width_request_needed = FALSE;
4931 priv->height_request_needed = FALSE;
4932 priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
4934 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
4936 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
4938 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
4940 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4941 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4943 gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
4944 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4949 if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
4951 /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
4953 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
4954 cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
4956 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
4957 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4962 if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
4963 gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
4965 cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
4966 gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
4967 cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
4971 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
4975 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
4976 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
4977 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
4979 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
4980 * is closest to the two widgets.
4982 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
4983 * @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
4984 * share a common ancestor.
4987 gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
4988 GtkWidget *widget_b)
4990 GtkWidget *parent_a;
4991 GtkWidget *parent_b;
4995 parent_a = widget_a;
4996 while (parent_a->priv->parent)
4998 parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
5002 parent_b = widget_b;
5003 while (parent_b->priv->parent)
5005 parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
5009 if (parent_a != parent_b)
5012 while (depth_a > depth_b)
5014 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5018 while (depth_b > depth_a)
5020 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5024 while (widget_a != widget_b)
5026 widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
5027 widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
5034 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
5035 * @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
5036 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
5037 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
5038 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
5039 * @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
5040 * @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
5042 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
5043 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
5044 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
5047 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
5048 * was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
5049 * *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
5052 gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
5053 GtkWidget *dest_widget,
5059 GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
5060 GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
5061 GtkWidget *ancestor;
5063 GList *dest_list = NULL;
5065 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
5066 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
5068 ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
5069 if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
5072 /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
5073 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
5076 gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5078 src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
5079 src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
5083 src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
5084 src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
5087 /* Translate to the common ancestor */
5088 window = src_priv->window;
5089 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5093 gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5098 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5100 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5105 window = dest_priv->window;
5106 while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
5108 dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
5110 window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
5112 if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
5114 g_list_free (dest_list);
5123 gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
5128 dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
5131 /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
5132 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
5135 gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
5137 src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
5138 src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
5142 src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
5143 src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
5155 gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
5156 GtkAllocation *allocation)
5158 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5160 priv->allocation = *allocation;
5162 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
5163 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
5165 gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
5166 allocation->x, allocation->y,
5167 allocation->width, allocation->height);
5171 /* translate initial/final into start/end */
5173 effective_align (GtkAlign align,
5174 GtkTextDirection direction)
5178 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5179 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_END : GTK_ALIGN_START;
5181 return direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL ? GTK_ALIGN_START : GTK_ALIGN_END;
5188 adjust_for_align (GtkAlign align,
5190 gint *allocated_pos,
5191 gint *allocated_size)
5195 case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
5196 /* change nothing */
5198 case GTK_ALIGN_START:
5199 /* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
5200 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5203 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5205 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
5206 *allocated_size = *natural_size;
5209 case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
5210 if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
5212 *allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
5213 *allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
5220 adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
5224 gint *allocated_pos,
5225 gint *allocated_size)
5227 *minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5228 *natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5229 *allocated_pos += start_margin;
5230 *allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
5234 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
5235 GtkOrientation orientation,
5238 gint *allocated_pos,
5239 gint *allocated_size)
5241 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
5243 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
5245 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
5247 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
5248 aux_info->margin.right,
5249 minimum_size, natural_size,
5250 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5251 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->halign, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget)),
5252 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5256 adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
5257 aux_info->margin.bottom,
5258 minimum_size, natural_size,
5259 allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5260 adjust_for_align (effective_align (aux_info->valign, GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE),
5261 natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
5266 gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5269 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
5271 /* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
5272 return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
5273 gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
5274 gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
5278 * gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
5279 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5280 * @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
5282 * Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
5283 * identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
5284 * This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
5285 * signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
5286 * handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
5287 * that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
5288 * its ancestors mapped.
5290 * Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
5295 gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
5298 gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
5299 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5300 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
5301 return can_activate;
5310 closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
5311 GValue *return_value,
5312 guint n_param_values,
5313 const GValue *param_values,
5314 gpointer invocation_hint,
5315 gpointer marshal_data)
5317 AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5318 gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
5321 g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
5323 /* whether accelerator was handled */
5324 g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
5328 closures_destroy (gpointer data)
5330 GSList *slist, *closures = data;
5332 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5334 g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
5335 g_closure_unref (slist->data);
5337 g_slist_free (closures);
5341 widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
5344 AccelClosure *aclosure;
5345 GClosure *closure = NULL;
5346 GSList *slist, *closures;
5348 closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
5349 for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
5350 if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5352 /* reuse this closure */
5353 closure = slist->data;
5358 closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
5359 closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
5360 g_closure_sink (closure);
5361 g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
5363 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
5365 aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
5366 g_assert (closure->data == widget);
5367 g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
5368 aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
5374 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator:
5375 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5376 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
5377 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
5378 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5379 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5380 * @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
5382 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
5383 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
5384 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
5385 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_SIGNAL_ACTION.
5386 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
5387 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
5388 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
5389 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
5392 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5393 const gchar *accel_signal,
5394 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5396 GdkModifierType accel_mods,
5397 GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
5402 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5403 g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
5404 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5406 g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
5407 if (!query.signal_id ||
5408 !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
5409 query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
5412 /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
5413 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
5414 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
5418 closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
5420 g_object_ref (widget);
5422 /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
5423 * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
5425 gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
5428 accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
5431 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5433 g_object_unref (widget);
5437 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
5438 * @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
5439 * @accel_group: accel group for this widget
5440 * @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
5441 * @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
5443 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
5444 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
5446 * Returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
5449 gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
5450 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
5452 GdkModifierType accel_mods)
5454 GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
5455 GList *slist, *clist;
5458 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5459 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
5461 ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
5462 clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
5463 for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
5467 for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
5468 if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
5470 gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
5472 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5474 g_list_free (clist);
5479 g_list_free (clist);
5481 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
5482 accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
5483 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
5489 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
5490 * @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
5492 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
5493 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
5494 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
5495 * by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
5496 * #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
5497 * gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
5499 * Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
5500 * a newly allocated #GList of closures
5503 gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
5506 GList *clist = NULL;
5508 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5510 for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
5511 if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
5512 clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
5518 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
5523 destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
5525 AccelPath *apath = data;
5527 gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
5529 /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
5530 g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
5532 g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
5537 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
5538 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5539 * @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
5540 * @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
5542 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
5543 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
5544 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
5545 * will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
5546 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
5547 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
5548 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
5549 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
5551 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
5552 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
5553 * use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
5556 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
5557 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
5558 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
5560 * Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
5561 * pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
5562 * g_intern_static_string().
5565 gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5566 const gchar *accel_path,
5567 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
5571 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5572 g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
5576 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
5577 g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
5579 gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
5580 apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
5581 apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
5582 apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
5583 apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
5588 /* also removes possible old settings */
5589 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
5592 gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
5594 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
5598 _gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
5603 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
5605 apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
5607 *locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
5608 return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
5612 * gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
5613 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5614 * @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
5616 * Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
5618 * The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
5619 * @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
5622 * Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
5625 gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5626 gboolean group_cycling)
5630 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
5632 group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
5633 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
5636 g_signal_emit (widget,
5637 widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
5645 gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
5646 gboolean group_cycling)
5648 if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
5649 gtk_widget_activate (widget);
5650 else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
5651 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
5654 g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
5655 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
5656 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
5661 static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
5664 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
5666 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
5668 return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
5672 gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
5673 GdkEventExpose *event)
5675 cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
5679 * gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
5680 * @cr: a cairo context
5681 * @window: the window to check. @window may not be an input-only
5684 * This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
5685 * implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
5686 * @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
5687 * This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
5688 * @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
5689 * that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
5690 * system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
5691 * you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
5692 * use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
5694 * Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
5699 gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
5702 GdkEventExpose *event;
5704 g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
5705 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
5707 event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5709 return event == NULL ||
5710 event->window == window;
5714 gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
5716 /* labels are not clipped, because clipping them would cause
5717 * mnemonics to not appear on characters that go beyond the
5719 * https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=648570
5721 if (GTK_IS_LABEL (widget))
5727 /* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
5731 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
5733 gboolean clip_to_size)
5735 if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
5738 clip_to_size &= gtk_widget_get_clip_draw (widget);
5742 cairo_rectangle (cr,
5744 widget->priv->allocation.width,
5745 widget->priv->allocation.height);
5749 if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
5753 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
5757 if (cairo_status (cr) &&
5758 _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr))
5760 /* We check the event so we only warn about internal GTK calls.
5761 * Errors might come from PDF streams having write failures and
5762 * we don't want to spam stderr in that case.
5763 * We do want to catch errors from
5765 g_warning ("drawing failure for widget `%s': %s",
5766 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
5767 cairo_status_to_string (cairo_status (cr)));
5774 * @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
5775 * gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
5776 * @cr: a cairo context to draw to
5778 * Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
5779 * drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
5781 * You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
5782 * original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
5783 * example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
5784 * line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
5786 * You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
5787 * cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
5788 * region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
5789 * is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
5790 * cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
5792 * <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
5793 * rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
5794 * and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
5799 gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
5802 GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
5804 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
5805 g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
5806 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
5809 /* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
5810 * gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
5811 * effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
5813 tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
5814 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
5816 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
5818 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
5823 gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5826 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5830 gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5833 return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
5837 gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5838 GdkEventFocus *event)
5840 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5846 gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5847 GdkEventFocus *event)
5849 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
5855 gtk_widget_real_touch_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5856 GdkEventTouch *event)
5859 gboolean return_val;
5862 if (!event->emulating_pointer)
5865 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN ||
5866 event->type == GDK_TOUCH_END)
5870 if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN)
5872 type = GDK_BUTTON_PRESS;
5873 signum = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
5877 type = GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE;
5878 signum = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
5880 bevent = gdk_event_new (type);
5881 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5882 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5883 bevent->button.time = event->time;
5884 bevent->button.state = event->state;
5885 bevent->button.button = 1;
5886 bevent->button.x_root = event->x_root;
5887 bevent->button.y_root = event->y_root;
5888 bevent->button.x = event->x;
5889 bevent->button.y = event->y;
5890 bevent->button.device = event->device;
5891 bevent->button.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5892 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5893 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5895 else if (event->type == GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE)
5897 signum = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
5898 bevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY);
5899 bevent->any.window = g_object_ref (event->window);
5900 bevent->any.send_event = FALSE;
5901 bevent->motion.time = event->time;
5902 bevent->motion.state = event->state;
5903 bevent->motion.x_root = event->x_root;
5904 bevent->motion.y_root = event->y_root;
5905 bevent->motion.x = event->x;
5906 bevent->motion.y = event->y;
5907 bevent->motion.device = event->device;
5908 bevent->motion.is_hint = FALSE;
5909 bevent->motion.axes = g_memdup (event->axes,
5910 sizeof (gdouble) * gdk_device_get_n_axes (event->device));
5911 gdk_event_set_source_device (bevent, gdk_event_get_source_device ((GdkEvent*)event));
5916 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signum], 0, bevent, &return_val);
5918 gdk_event_free (bevent);
5924 #define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
5925 (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
5929 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
5930 * @event: a #GdkEvent
5932 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
5933 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
5934 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
5935 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
5936 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
5937 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
5938 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
5941 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
5942 * the event was handled)
5945 gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5948 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5949 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5951 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5953 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5954 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5955 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5959 return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
5963 _gtk_widget_set_captured_event_handler (GtkWidget *widget,
5964 GtkCapturedEventHandler callback)
5966 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler", callback);
5970 _gtk_widget_captured_event (GtkWidget *widget,
5973 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
5974 GtkCapturedEventHandler handler;
5976 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
5977 g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
5979 if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
5981 g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
5982 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
5983 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
5987 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
5990 handler = g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget), "captured-event-handler");
5994 g_object_ref (widget);
5996 return_val = handler (widget, event);
5997 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
5999 /* The widget that was originally to receive the event
6000 * handles motion hints, but the capturing widget might
6001 * not, so ensure we get further motion events.
6004 event->type == GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY &&
6005 event->motion.is_hint &&
6006 (gdk_window_get_events (event->any.window) &
6007 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK) != 0)
6008 gdk_event_request_motions (&event->motion);
6010 g_object_unref (widget);
6015 /* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
6017 _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
6022 GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
6024 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6026 *x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
6027 *y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
6035 widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
6037 for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
6040 gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
6057 * gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
6058 * @cr: the cairo context to transform
6059 * @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
6060 * @window: the window to transform the context to
6062 * Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
6063 * coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
6064 * If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
6065 * modification will be applied.
6067 * This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
6068 * preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
6069 * signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
6070 * GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
6075 gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
6081 g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
6082 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6083 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
6085 if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
6086 cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
6090 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
6091 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6092 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
6094 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
6095 * an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
6096 * directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
6097 * event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
6098 * using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
6100 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
6101 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
6102 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
6103 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
6105 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
6106 * the event was handled)
6109 gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
6112 gboolean result = FALSE;
6117 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
6118 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
6119 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
6120 g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
6122 cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
6123 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
6125 gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
6128 do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
6129 event->expose.window,
6131 cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
6133 _gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
6135 /* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
6136 * don't leak the window. */
6137 gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
6144 event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
6146 /* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
6147 * delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
6148 * at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
6149 * up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
6151 switch (event->type)
6154 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6155 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6156 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6157 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6159 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6160 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6162 return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
6165 /* The following events are the second half of paired events;
6166 * we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
6167 * on the second half.
6169 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6170 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6171 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6172 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6176 /* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
6177 * or don't have an associated window.
6184 gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
6187 gboolean return_val = FALSE;
6189 /* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
6190 * hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
6191 * they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
6194 if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
6197 g_object_ref (widget);
6199 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
6200 return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
6205 switch (event->type)
6211 case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
6212 case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
6213 case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
6214 signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
6216 case GDK_TOUCH_BEGIN:
6217 case GDK_TOUCH_UPDATE:
6219 case GDK_TOUCH_CANCEL:
6220 signal_num = TOUCH_EVENT;
6223 signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
6225 case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
6226 signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
6228 case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
6229 signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6232 signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
6235 signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
6236 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
6239 signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
6241 case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
6242 signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
6244 case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
6245 signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6247 case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
6248 signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6250 case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
6251 signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
6252 if (event->focus_change.in)
6253 _gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
6255 _gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
6258 signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
6261 signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
6264 signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
6266 case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
6267 signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
6269 case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
6270 signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6272 case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
6273 signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
6275 case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
6276 signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
6278 case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
6279 signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6281 case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
6282 signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
6284 case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
6285 signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
6287 case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
6288 signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
6290 case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
6291 signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
6294 signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
6297 g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
6301 if (signal_num != -1)
6302 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
6304 if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
6305 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
6309 g_object_unref (widget);
6315 * gtk_widget_activate:
6316 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
6318 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
6319 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
6320 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
6321 * activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
6323 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
6326 gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
6328 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6330 if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
6332 /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
6333 g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
6342 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
6343 GdkWindow *new_window)
6345 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6347 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6349 GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
6352 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6354 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6357 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6358 while (child && child != widget)
6359 child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
6362 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6365 g_list_free (children);
6370 GList *tmp_list, *children;
6372 parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
6375 gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
6378 children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
6380 for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
6382 GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
6385 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
6387 if (child == widget)
6388 gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
6391 g_list_free (children);
6397 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
6398 gpointer client_data)
6400 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6402 g_assert (client_data != NULL);
6404 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6407 g_object_unref (priv->window);
6408 priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
6410 g_object_ref (priv->window);
6412 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6413 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
6414 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
6420 * gtk_widget_reparent:
6421 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6422 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
6424 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
6425 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
6428 gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
6429 GtkWidget *new_parent)
6431 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6433 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6434 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
6435 priv = widget->priv;
6436 g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
6438 if (priv->parent != new_parent)
6440 /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
6441 * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
6442 * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
6444 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
6445 priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
6447 g_object_ref (widget);
6448 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
6449 gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
6450 g_object_unref (widget);
6452 if (priv->in_reparent)
6454 priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
6456 gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6457 gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
6458 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
6461 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
6466 * gtk_widget_intersect:
6467 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6468 * @area: a rectangle
6469 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
6471 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
6472 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
6473 * an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
6474 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
6476 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
6479 gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6480 const GdkRectangle *area,
6481 GdkRectangle *intersection)
6483 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
6488 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6489 g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
6491 priv = widget->priv;
6494 dest = intersection;
6498 return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
6500 if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
6502 intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
6503 intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
6510 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
6511 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6512 * @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
6513 * @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
6514 * for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
6515 * of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6517 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
6518 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
6521 * Returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
6522 * and @region. The coordinates of the return value are relative to
6523 * @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and relative to the parent
6524 * window of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
6527 gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
6528 const cairo_region_t *region)
6531 cairo_region_t *dest;
6533 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
6534 g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
6536 gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
6538 dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
6540 cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
6546 * _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
6547 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6548 * @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
6550 * Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
6555 _gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
6556 gboolean was_grabbed)
6558 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
6562 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
6563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6565 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
6566 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
6567 * something like #GtkFrame won't work.
6569 * More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
6570 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
6572 * The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
6573 * related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
6574 * will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
6577 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6579 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6581 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
6584 g_object_ref (widget);
6585 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
6586 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
6587 g_object_unref (widget);
6591 reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
6594 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
6596 GtkContainer *container;
6598 container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
6599 gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
6601 gtk_container_foreach (container,
6602 reset_focus_recurse,
6608 gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
6610 if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
6612 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6615 /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
6616 * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
6617 * be set by the next loop.
6619 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
6620 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6622 widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6624 if (widget == focus_widget)
6626 /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
6627 * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
6628 * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
6630 if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
6631 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
6638 GtkWidget *common_ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (widget, focus_widget);
6640 if (widget != common_ancestor)
6642 while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != common_ancestor)
6644 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6645 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
6650 else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
6652 /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
6653 * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
6656 gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
6657 reset_focus_recurse,
6661 /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
6662 * set it on the window
6664 widget = focus_widget;
6665 while (widget->priv->parent)
6667 gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
6668 widget = widget->priv->parent;
6670 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
6671 _gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
6676 gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
6679 gboolean keyboard_tip,
6680 GtkTooltip *tooltip)
6682 gchar *tooltip_markup;
6683 gboolean has_tooltip;
6685 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
6686 has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
6688 if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
6690 gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
6698 gtk_widget_real_state_flags_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
6699 GtkStateFlags old_state)
6701 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6705 gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
6707 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
6709 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
6711 if (priv->style != NULL &&
6712 priv->style != gtk_widget_get_default_style ())
6714 /* Trigger ::style-set for old
6715 * widgets not listening to this
6717 g_signal_emit (widget,
6718 widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
6720 widget->priv->style);
6723 if (widget->priv->context)
6725 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
6726 gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
6727 !gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget))
6728 gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
6729 widget->priv->window);
6732 if (widget->priv->anchored)
6733 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6737 gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
6738 GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
6740 if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
6742 _gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
6751 gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6752 GtkDirectionType direction)
6754 if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
6757 if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
6759 gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
6767 gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6768 GtkDirectionType direction)
6770 GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6772 if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6774 g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
6780 gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
6781 GtkDirectionType direction)
6783 gboolean cursor_only;
6787 case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
6788 case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
6795 g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
6796 "gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
6803 gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
6809 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
6810 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6811 * @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
6813 * Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6814 * gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
6820 gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
6823 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6825 if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
6827 widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
6829 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6830 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
6835 * gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
6836 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6838 * Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
6839 * gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
6841 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
6846 gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6848 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6850 return widget->priv->can_focus;
6854 * gtk_widget_has_focus:
6855 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6857 * Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
6858 * gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
6859 * input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
6861 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
6866 gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6868 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6870 return widget->priv->has_focus;
6874 * gtk_widget_has_visible_focus:
6875 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6877 * Determines if the widget should show a visible indication that
6878 * it has the global input focus. This is a convenience function for
6879 * use in ::draw handlers that takes into account whether focus
6880 * indication should currently be shown in the toplevel window of
6881 * @widget. See gtk_window_get_focus_visible() for more information
6882 * about focus indication.
6884 * To find out if the widget has the global input focus, use
6885 * gtk_widget_has_focus().
6887 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget should display a 'focus rectangle'
6892 gtk_widget_has_visible_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6894 gboolean draw_focus;
6896 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6898 if (widget->priv->has_focus)
6900 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6902 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6904 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6905 draw_focus = gtk_window_get_focus_visible (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6916 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
6917 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6919 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
6920 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
6921 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
6922 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
6924 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
6927 gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
6929 GtkWidget *toplevel;
6931 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6933 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
6935 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
6936 return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
6942 * gtk_widget_set_can_default:
6943 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6944 * @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
6946 * Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6947 * gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
6953 gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
6954 gboolean can_default)
6956 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
6958 if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
6960 widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
6962 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
6963 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
6968 * gtk_widget_get_can_default:
6969 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6971 * Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
6972 * gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6974 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
6979 gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
6981 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
6983 return widget->priv->can_default;
6987 * gtk_widget_has_default:
6988 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
6990 * Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
6991 * toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
6993 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
6994 * its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
6999 gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7001 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7003 return widget->priv->has_default;
7007 _gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7008 gboolean has_default)
7010 GtkStyleContext *context;
7012 widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
7014 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
7017 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7019 gtk_style_context_remove_class (context, GTK_STYLE_CLASS_DEFAULT);
7023 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
7024 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7026 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must be able to be
7027 * a default widget; typically you would ensure this yourself
7028 * by calling gtk_widget_set_can_default() with a %TRUE value.
7029 * The default widget is activated when
7030 * the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
7031 * activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
7032 * that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
7033 * set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
7034 * is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
7037 gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7041 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7042 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
7044 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7046 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
7047 gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
7049 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
7053 * gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
7054 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7055 * @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
7057 * Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
7058 * within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7061 * See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
7067 gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
7068 gboolean receives_default)
7070 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7072 if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
7074 widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
7076 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
7081 * gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
7082 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7084 * Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
7085 * withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
7088 * See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
7090 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
7096 gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
7098 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7100 return widget->priv->receives_default;
7104 * gtk_widget_has_grab:
7105 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7107 * Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
7108 * is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
7110 * See also gtk_grab_add().
7112 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
7117 gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
7119 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7121 return widget->priv->has_grab;
7125 _gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
7128 widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
7132 * gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
7133 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7134 * @device: a #GdkDevice
7136 * Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
7137 * device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
7138 * events to @widget. This may be used in the
7139 * #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
7140 * devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
7142 * Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
7143 * by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
7148 gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
7151 GtkWindowGroup *group;
7152 GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
7154 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7155 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
7157 if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
7160 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
7162 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
7163 group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
7165 group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
7167 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
7169 /* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
7171 widget != grab_widget &&
7172 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7175 grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
7176 if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
7177 !gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
7184 * gtk_widget_set_name:
7185 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7186 * @name: name for the widget
7188 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
7189 * CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
7190 * in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
7191 * same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
7193 * Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
7194 * and represent elements in a selector (period, #, >, *...),
7195 * so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
7196 * Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
7200 gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
7203 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7206 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7208 priv = widget->priv;
7210 new_name = g_strdup (name);
7211 g_free (priv->name);
7212 priv->name = new_name;
7214 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_NAME);
7216 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
7220 * gtk_widget_get_name:
7221 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7223 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
7224 * significance of widget names.
7226 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
7227 * should not be modified or freed
7230 gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
7232 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7234 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
7236 priv = widget->priv;
7240 return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
7244 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7245 GtkStateFlags flags,
7248 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7250 priv = widget->priv;
7252 /* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
7253 * differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
7255 if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7256 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7257 else if (!(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET))
7258 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
7259 else if ((priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && !(flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) && (operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE))
7260 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, TRUE);
7262 if (operation != STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7263 flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7266 operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
7271 data.operation = operation;
7273 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7275 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7280 * gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
7281 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7282 * @flags: State flags to turn on
7283 * @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
7285 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
7286 * values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7288 * It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
7289 * will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
7290 * #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
7291 * down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
7292 * state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
7293 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
7298 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7299 GtkStateFlags flags,
7302 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7304 if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
7305 (clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
7309 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7311 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
7315 * gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
7316 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7317 * @flags: State flags to turn off
7319 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
7320 * values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
7321 * See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
7326 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
7327 GtkStateFlags flags)
7329 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7331 if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
7334 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
7338 * gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
7339 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7341 * Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
7342 * that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
7343 * returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
7344 * @widget itself is sensitive.
7346 * Returns: The state flags for widget
7351 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
7353 GtkStateFlags flags;
7355 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
7357 flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
7359 if (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
7360 flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7366 * gtk_widget_set_state:
7367 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7368 * @state: new state for @widget
7370 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
7371 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
7372 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
7374 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
7377 gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
7380 GtkStateFlags flags;
7382 if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
7387 case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
7388 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
7390 case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
7391 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
7393 case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
7394 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
7396 case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
7397 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7399 case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
7400 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
7402 case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
7403 flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
7405 case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
7411 _gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
7415 * gtk_widget_get_state:
7416 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7418 * Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
7420 * Returns: the state of @widget.
7424 * Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
7427 gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
7429 GtkStateFlags flags;
7431 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
7433 flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
7435 if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
7436 return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
7437 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
7438 return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
7439 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
7440 return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
7441 else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
7442 return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
7444 return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
7448 * gtk_widget_set_visible:
7449 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7450 * @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
7452 * Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
7453 * %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
7454 * gtk_widget_get_visible().
7456 * This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
7457 * but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
7463 gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
7466 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7468 if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
7471 gtk_widget_show (widget);
7473 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
7478 _gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
7481 widget->priv->visible = visible;
7485 * gtk_widget_get_visible:
7486 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7488 * Determines whether the widget is visible. If you want to
7489 * take into account whether the widget's parent is also marked as
7490 * visible, use gtk_widget_is_visible() instead.
7492 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7494 * See gtk_widget_set_visible().
7496 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
7501 gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7503 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7505 return widget->priv->visible;
7509 * gtk_widget_is_visible:
7510 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7512 * Determines whether the widget and all its parents are marked as
7515 * This function does not check if the widget is obscured in any way.
7517 * See also gtk_widget_get_visible() and gtk_widget_set_visible()
7519 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget and all its parents are visible
7524 gtk_widget_is_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
7526 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7530 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
7535 widget = priv->parent;
7542 * gtk_widget_set_has_window:
7543 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7544 * @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
7546 * Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
7547 * all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
7548 * (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
7549 * is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
7550 * one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
7551 * themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
7552 * calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
7554 * This function should only be called by widget implementations,
7555 * and they should call it in their init() function.
7560 gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
7561 gboolean has_window)
7563 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7565 widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
7569 * gtk_widget_get_has_window:
7570 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7572 * Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
7573 * gtk_widget_set_has_window().
7575 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
7580 gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
7582 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7584 return ! widget->priv->no_window;
7588 * gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
7589 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7591 * Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget.
7593 * Currently only #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible (and out-of-process
7594 * #GtkPlugs) are toplevel widgets. Toplevel widgets have no parent
7597 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
7602 gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
7604 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7606 return widget->priv->toplevel;
7610 _gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
7611 gboolean is_toplevel)
7613 widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
7617 * gtk_widget_is_drawable:
7618 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7620 * Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
7621 * to if it is mapped and visible.
7623 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
7628 gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
7630 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7632 return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
7633 gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
7637 * gtk_widget_get_realized:
7638 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7640 * Determines whether @widget is realized.
7642 * Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
7647 gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
7649 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7651 return widget->priv->realized;
7655 * gtk_widget_set_realized:
7656 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7657 * @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
7659 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7661 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7662 * "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
7667 gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
7670 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7672 widget->priv->realized = realized;
7676 * gtk_widget_get_mapped:
7677 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7679 * Whether the widget is mapped.
7681 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
7686 gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
7688 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7690 return widget->priv->mapped;
7694 * gtk_widget_set_mapped:
7695 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7696 * @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
7698 * Marks the widget as being realized.
7700 * This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
7701 * "map" or "unmap" implementation.
7706 gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
7709 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7711 widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
7715 * gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
7716 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7717 * @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
7719 * Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7720 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7722 * This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
7723 * the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
7724 * that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
7725 * the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
7726 * background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
7727 * is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
7729 * Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
7732 gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
7733 gboolean app_paintable)
7735 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7737 app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
7739 if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
7741 widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
7743 if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
7744 gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
7746 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
7751 * gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
7752 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7754 * Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
7755 * an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
7757 * See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
7759 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
7764 gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
7766 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7768 return widget->priv->app_paintable;
7772 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
7773 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7774 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
7776 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
7777 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
7778 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
7779 * automatically around expose events sent to the
7780 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint_region() diverts all drawing to a widget's
7781 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
7782 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
7783 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
7784 * primitives being rendered.
7786 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
7787 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
7788 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
7790 * Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
7791 * expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
7792 * pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
7793 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region()).
7796 gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
7797 gboolean double_buffered)
7799 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7801 double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
7803 if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
7805 widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
7807 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
7812 * gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
7813 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7815 * Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
7817 * See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
7819 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
7824 gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
7826 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7828 return widget->priv->double_buffered;
7832 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
7833 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7834 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
7835 * when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
7836 * new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
7838 * Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
7839 * allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
7840 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
7841 * leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
7842 * setting off will improve performance.
7844 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
7845 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
7846 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
7847 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
7848 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
7849 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
7850 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
7851 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
7854 gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
7855 gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
7857 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7859 widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
7863 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
7864 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7865 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
7867 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
7868 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
7869 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
7870 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
7873 gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
7876 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7878 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7880 priv = widget->priv;
7882 sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
7884 if (priv->sensitive == sensitive)
7887 priv->sensitive = sensitive;
7889 if (priv->parent == NULL
7890 || gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent))
7894 data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
7897 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
7899 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
7901 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
7903 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
7906 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
7910 * gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
7911 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7913 * Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
7914 * the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
7916 * The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
7917 * own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
7919 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
7924 gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7926 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7928 return widget->priv->sensitive;
7932 * gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
7933 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7935 * Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
7936 * it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensitive
7938 * Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
7943 gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
7945 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
7947 return !(widget->priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
7951 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
7952 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
7953 * @parent: parent container
7955 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
7957 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
7958 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
7959 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
7960 * gtk_widget_unparent().
7963 gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
7966 GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
7967 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
7970 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
7971 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
7972 g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
7974 priv = widget->priv;
7976 if (priv->parent != NULL)
7978 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
7981 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
7983 g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
7987 /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
7990 g_object_ref_sink (widget);
7992 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (widget);
7994 priv->parent = parent;
7996 parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
7998 /* Merge both old state and current parent state,
7999 * making sure to only propagate the right states */
8000 data.flags = parent_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
8001 data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
8003 data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
8004 gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
8007 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
8008 gtk_widget_get_style_context (parent));
8010 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
8012 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
8013 if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
8014 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
8015 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
8017 /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
8019 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
8020 gtk_widget_realize (widget);
8022 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
8023 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
8025 if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
8026 gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
8027 gtk_widget_map (widget);
8029 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8032 /* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
8033 * expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
8034 * parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
8035 * queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
8036 * newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
8037 * mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
8038 * walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
8040 * We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
8042 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
8043 (priv->need_compute_expand ||
8044 priv->computed_hexpand ||
8045 priv->computed_vexpand))
8047 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
8050 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (widget);
8054 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
8055 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8057 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
8059 * Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
8062 gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
8064 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8066 return widget->priv->parent;
8070 modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
8073 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8076 static GtkModifierStyle *
8077 _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
8079 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8081 style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
8083 if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
8085 GtkStyleContext *context;
8087 style = _gtk_modifier_style_new ();
8088 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8089 quark_modifier_style,
8091 (GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
8093 g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
8094 G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
8096 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8098 gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
8099 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
8100 GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
8107 * gtk_widget_override_color:
8108 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8109 * @state: the state for which to set the color
8110 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8111 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
8113 * Sets the color to use for a widget.
8115 * All other style values are left untouched.
8118 * This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to
8119 * change a widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets
8120 * library and intend this change to be themeable, it is better
8121 * done by setting meaningful CSS classes and regions in your
8122 * widget/container implementation through gtk_style_context_add_class()
8123 * and gtk_style_context_add_region().
8125 * This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider
8126 * with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order
8127 * to provide a default styling for those widgets that need so, and
8128 * this theming may fully overridden by the user's theme.
8131 * Note that for complex widgets this may bring in undesired
8132 * results (such as uniform background color everywhere), in
8133 * these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
8134 * #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
8141 gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8142 GtkStateFlags state,
8143 const GdkRGBA *color)
8145 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8147 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8149 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8150 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
8154 * gtk_widget_override_background_color:
8155 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8156 * @state: the state for which to set the background color
8157 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
8158 * of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
8160 * Sets the background color to use for a widget.
8162 * All other style values are left untouched.
8163 * See gtk_widget_override_color().
8168 gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8169 GtkStateFlags state,
8170 const GdkRGBA *color)
8172 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8174 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8176 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8177 _gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
8181 * gtk_widget_override_font:
8182 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8183 * @font_desc: (allow-none): the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
8184 * the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_font()
8186 * Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
8187 * left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
8192 gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
8193 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
8195 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8197 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8199 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8200 _gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
8204 * gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
8205 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8206 * @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
8207 * @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need
8208 * to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8209 * calls to gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color()
8211 * Sets a symbolic color for a widget.
8213 * All other style values are left untouched.
8214 * See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
8215 * or background color.
8220 gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
8222 const GdkRGBA *color)
8224 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8226 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8228 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8229 _gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
8233 * gtk_widget_override_cursor:
8234 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8235 * @cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
8236 * allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
8237 * of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8238 * @secondary_cursor: (allow-none): the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
8239 * need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
8240 * calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
8242 * Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
8243 * #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
8244 * style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
8245 * See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
8247 * Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
8248 * so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
8253 gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
8254 const GdkRGBA *cursor,
8255 const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
8257 GtkModifierStyle *style;
8259 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8261 style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
8262 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8264 "cursor-color", cursor);
8265 _gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
8267 "secondary-cursor-color",
8272 gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8273 GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
8275 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
8279 gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
8280 GtkStyle *previous_style)
8285 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
8286 GdkScreen *previous_screen;
8287 GdkScreen *new_screen;
8288 } HierarchyChangedInfo;
8291 do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
8292 GdkScreen *old_screen,
8293 GdkScreen *new_screen)
8295 if (old_screen != new_screen)
8297 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8301 PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8303 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
8306 _gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
8308 if (new_screen && priv->context)
8309 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, new_screen);
8311 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
8316 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8317 gpointer client_data)
8319 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8320 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8321 gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8322 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
8324 if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
8326 g_object_ref (widget);
8328 priv->anchored = new_anchored;
8330 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
8331 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8333 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8334 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8335 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
8338 g_object_unref (widget);
8343 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
8344 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8345 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
8347 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
8348 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
8349 * emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
8352 _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8353 GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
8355 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
8356 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8358 info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
8359 info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
8361 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
8362 (priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
8363 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8365 info.new_screen = NULL;
8367 if (info.previous_screen)
8368 g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
8369 if (previous_toplevel)
8370 g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
8372 gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8374 if (previous_toplevel)
8375 g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
8376 if (info.previous_screen)
8377 g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
8381 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
8382 gpointer client_data)
8384 HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
8386 g_object_ref (widget);
8388 do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
8390 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8391 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8392 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
8395 g_object_unref (widget);
8399 * gtk_widget_is_composited:
8400 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8402 * Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
8403 * drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
8404 * compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
8406 * Please note that the semantics of this call will change
8407 * in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
8408 * window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
8410 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
8411 * channel being drawn correctly.
8416 gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
8420 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
8422 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8424 return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
8428 propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8431 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8433 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8434 propagate_composited_changed,
8438 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
8442 _gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
8444 propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
8448 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
8449 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8450 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
8452 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
8453 * children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
8456 _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
8457 GdkScreen *previous_screen)
8459 HierarchyChangedInfo info;
8461 info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
8462 info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
8464 if (previous_screen)
8465 g_object_ref (previous_screen);
8467 gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
8469 if (previous_screen)
8470 g_object_unref (previous_screen);
8474 reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
8476 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (widget, GTK_CSS_CHANGE_ANY);
8478 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8479 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8480 reset_style_recurse,
8485 * gtk_widget_reset_style:
8486 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8488 * Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
8489 * by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
8490 * to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
8491 * style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
8496 gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
8498 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8500 reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
8502 g_list_foreach (widget->priv->attached_windows,
8503 (GFunc) reset_style_recurse, NULL);
8506 #ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
8508 /* Verify invariants, see docs/widget_system.txt for notes on much of
8509 * this. Invariants may be temporarily broken while we're in the
8510 * process of updating state, of course, so you can only
8511 * verify_invariants() after a given operation is complete.
8512 * Use push/pop_verify_invariants to help with that.
8515 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8519 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0)
8522 parent = widget->priv->parent;
8524 if (widget->priv->mapped)
8526 /* Mapped implies ... */
8528 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8529 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not realized",
8530 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8532 if (!widget->priv->visible)
8533 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not visible",
8534 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8536 if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8538 if (!widget->priv->child_visible)
8539 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but not child_visible",
8540 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8545 /* Not mapped implies... */
8548 /* This check makes sense for normal toplevels, but for
8549 * something like a toplevel that is embedded within a clutter
8550 * state, mapping may depend on external factors.
8552 if (widget->priv->toplevel)
8554 if (widget->priv->visible)
8555 g_warning ("%s %p toplevel is visible but not mapped",
8556 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8561 /* Parent related checks aren't possible if parent has
8562 * verifying_invariants_count > 0 because parent needs to recurse
8563 * children first before the invariants will hold.
8565 if (parent == NULL || parent->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8568 parent->priv->realized)
8570 /* Parent realized implies... */
8573 /* This is in widget_system.txt but appears to fail
8574 * because there's no gtk_container_realize() that
8575 * realizes all children... instead we just lazily
8576 * wait for map to fix things up.
8578 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8579 g_warning ("%s %p is realized but child %s %p is not realized",
8580 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8581 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8584 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8586 /* No parent or parent not realized on non-toplevel implies... */
8588 if (widget->priv->realized && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8589 g_warning ("%s %p is not realized but child %s %p is realized",
8590 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8591 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8595 parent->priv->mapped &&
8596 widget->priv->visible &&
8597 widget->priv->child_visible)
8599 /* Parent mapped and we are visible implies... */
8601 if (!widget->priv->mapped)
8602 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible child %s %p is not mapped",
8603 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent), parent,
8604 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8606 else if (!widget->priv->toplevel)
8608 /* No parent or parent not mapped on non-toplevel implies... */
8610 if (widget->priv->mapped && !widget->priv->in_reparent)
8611 g_warning ("%s %p is mapped but visible=%d child_visible=%d parent %s %p mapped=%d",
8612 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
8613 widget->priv->visible,
8614 widget->priv->child_visible,
8615 parent ? G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (parent) : "no parent", parent,
8616 parent ? parent->priv->mapped : FALSE);
8620 if (!widget->priv->realized)
8622 /* Not realized implies... */
8625 /* widget_system.txt says these hold, but they don't. */
8626 if (widget->priv->alloc_needed)
8627 g_warning ("%s %p alloc needed but not realized",
8628 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8630 if (widget->priv->width_request_needed)
8631 g_warning ("%s %p width request needed but not realized",
8632 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8634 if (widget->priv->height_request_needed)
8635 g_warning ("%s %p height request needed but not realized",
8636 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
8641 /* The point of this push/pop is that invariants may not hold while
8642 * we're busy making changes. So we only check at the outermost call
8643 * on the call stack, after we finish updating everything.
8646 gtk_widget_push_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8648 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count += 1;
8652 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants (GtkWidget *widget,
8653 gpointer client_data)
8655 /* We don't recurse further; this is a one-level check. */
8656 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8660 gtk_widget_pop_verify_invariants (GtkWidget *widget)
8662 g_assert (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count > 0);
8664 widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count -= 1;
8666 if (widget->priv->verifying_invariants_count == 0)
8668 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
8670 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
8672 /* Check one level of children, because our
8673 * push_verify_invariants() will have prevented some of the
8674 * checks. This does not recurse because if recursion is
8675 * needed, it will happen naturally as each child has a
8676 * push/pop on that child. For example if we're recursively
8677 * mapping children, we'll push/pop on each child as we map
8680 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
8681 gtk_widget_verify_child_invariants,
8686 #endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
8688 static PangoContext *
8689 gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8691 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8695 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
8696 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8698 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
8699 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
8700 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
8701 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
8702 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
8703 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
8705 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
8706 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
8707 * on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
8708 * #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
8710 * Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
8713 gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8715 PangoContext *context;
8717 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8719 context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
8722 context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
8723 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
8724 quark_pango_context,
8733 update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
8734 PangoContext *context)
8736 const PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
8737 GtkStyleContext *style_context;
8739 style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8741 font_desc = gtk_style_context_get_font (style_context,
8742 gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget));
8744 pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
8745 pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
8746 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
8747 PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
8751 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8753 PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
8759 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8761 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8764 pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
8765 gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
8766 pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
8767 gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
8773 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
8774 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8776 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
8777 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8778 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
8780 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
8783 gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
8786 PangoContext *context;
8788 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8790 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
8793 GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
8794 g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
8796 screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
8799 context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
8801 update_pango_context (widget, context);
8802 pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
8808 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
8809 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8810 * @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
8812 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
8813 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
8816 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
8817 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
8818 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
8819 * the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
8822 * Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
8825 gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
8828 PangoLayout *layout;
8829 PangoContext *context;
8831 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8833 context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
8834 layout = pango_layout_new (context);
8837 pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
8843 * gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
8844 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8845 * @stock_id: a stock ID
8846 * @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
8847 * render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
8848 * multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
8850 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
8851 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
8852 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
8853 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
8854 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
8856 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
8857 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
8858 * after use with g_object_unref().
8860 * Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
8861 * stock ID wasn't known
8866 gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
8867 const gchar *stock_id,
8870 GtkStyleContext *context;
8871 GtkIconSet *icon_set;
8873 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8874 g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
8875 g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
8877 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
8878 icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (context, stock_id);
8880 if (icon_set == NULL)
8883 return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, context, size);
8887 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
8888 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8889 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
8891 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
8893 * For GtkWindow classes, setting a @parent_window effects whether
8894 * the window is a toplevel window or can be embedded into other
8898 * For GtkWindow classes, this needs to be called before the
8899 * window is realized.
8904 gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
8905 GdkWindow *parent_window)
8907 GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
8909 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8911 old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
8912 quark_parent_window);
8914 if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
8918 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
8920 if (old_parent_window)
8921 g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
8923 g_object_ref (parent_window);
8925 /* Unset toplevel flag when adding a parent window to a widget,
8926 * this is the primary entry point to allow toplevels to be
8929 #ifdef GDK_WINDOWING_X11
8930 is_plug = GTK_IS_PLUG (widget);
8934 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && !is_plug)
8935 _gtk_window_set_is_toplevel (GTK_WINDOW (widget), parent_window == NULL);
8940 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
8941 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
8943 * Gets @widget's parent window.
8945 * Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
8948 gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
8950 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8951 GdkWindow *parent_window;
8953 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
8955 priv = widget->priv;
8957 parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
8959 return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
8960 (priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
8965 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
8966 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
8967 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
8969 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
8970 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
8972 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
8973 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
8974 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
8975 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
8976 * is removed from a container.
8978 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
8979 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
8980 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
8981 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
8982 * can queue a resize itself.
8984 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
8985 * never should be called by an application.
8988 gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
8989 gboolean is_visible)
8991 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
8993 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
8994 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
8996 priv = widget->priv;
8998 g_object_ref (widget);
8999 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9002 priv->child_visible = TRUE;
9005 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9007 priv->child_visible = FALSE;
9009 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9010 if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9011 _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
9014 if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
9016 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
9017 priv->child_visible &&
9018 gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
9019 gtk_widget_map (widget);
9021 gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
9024 gtk_widget_verify_invariants (widget);
9025 g_object_unref (widget);
9029 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
9030 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9032 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
9033 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
9034 * needs reorganization.
9036 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
9037 * never should be called by an application.
9039 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
9042 gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
9044 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9046 return widget->priv->child_visible;
9050 gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
9052 GtkWidget *toplevel;
9054 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9056 if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9058 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
9059 return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
9060 else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
9061 return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
9068 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
9069 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9071 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
9072 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9073 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
9076 * In general, you should only create screen specific
9077 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9078 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9080 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
9085 gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9089 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9091 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
9098 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
9099 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
9100 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
9101 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
9102 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
9104 return gdk_screen_get_default ();
9109 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
9110 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9112 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
9113 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
9114 * screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
9115 * window at the top.
9117 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
9123 gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
9125 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9127 return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
9131 * gtk_widget_get_display:
9132 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9134 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
9135 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
9136 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
9138 * In general, you should only create display specific
9139 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
9140 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9142 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
9147 gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
9149 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9151 return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9155 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
9156 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9158 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
9159 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
9160 * hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
9162 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
9163 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
9164 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
9165 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
9167 * Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
9172 gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
9174 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9176 return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9180 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
9181 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9182 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9184 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
9185 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
9186 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
9187 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
9188 * functions instead.
9190 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
9191 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
9192 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
9193 * forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
9194 * #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
9195 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
9197 * The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
9198 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
9199 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
9200 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
9201 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
9202 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
9204 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
9207 gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
9208 GtkDirectionType direction)
9210 gboolean return_val;
9212 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9214 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
9215 !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
9218 /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
9219 * don't have to though.
9221 if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
9222 !gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
9225 g_signal_emit (widget,
9226 widget_signals[FOCUS],
9228 direction, &return_val);
9234 * gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
9235 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9236 * @direction: direction of focus movement
9238 * This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
9239 * a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
9240 * #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
9241 * value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
9242 * gtk_widget_child_focus():
9244 * When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
9245 * navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
9248 * When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
9249 * navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
9250 * gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
9252 * The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
9253 * %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
9254 * values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
9255 * #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
9256 * if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
9257 * becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
9258 * which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
9260 * Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
9261 * gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
9264 * A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
9265 * (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
9266 * #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
9267 * entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
9268 * that require entering license keys.
9270 * Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
9271 * if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
9272 * navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
9277 gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
9278 GtkDirectionType direction)
9280 gboolean return_val;
9282 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9284 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
9285 direction, &return_val);
9291 * gtk_widget_error_bell:
9292 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9294 * Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
9295 * If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
9296 * gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
9298 * Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
9299 * ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
9300 * or window manager that is used.
9305 gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
9307 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9308 GtkSettings* settings;
9311 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9313 priv = widget->priv;
9315 settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
9319 g_object_get (settings,
9320 "gtk-error-bell", &beep,
9323 if (beep && priv->window)
9324 gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
9328 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9331 GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
9333 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9334 gboolean changed = FALSE;
9336 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9338 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
9340 if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
9342 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9343 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
9344 aux_info->width = width;
9347 if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
9349 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9350 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
9351 aux_info->height = height;
9355 if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
9357 if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
9358 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
9360 _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9363 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
9367 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
9368 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9369 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9370 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
9372 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
9373 * request will be at least @width by @height. You can use this
9374 * function to force a widget to be larger than it normally would be.
9376 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
9377 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
9378 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
9379 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
9380 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
9381 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
9383 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
9384 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
9385 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
9386 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
9389 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
9390 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
9391 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
9392 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
9393 * space than it requested.
9395 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
9396 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
9398 * The size request set here does not include any margin from the
9399 * #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
9400 * margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
9401 * or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
9404 gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9408 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9409 g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
9410 g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
9417 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
9422 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
9423 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9424 * @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
9425 * @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
9427 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
9428 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
9429 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
9430 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
9431 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
9432 * actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
9436 gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9440 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
9442 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9444 aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
9447 *width = aux_info->width;
9450 *height = aux_info->height;
9454 * _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
9455 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9456 * @width: new forced minimum width
9457 * @height: new forced minimum height
9458 * @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
9459 * @old_height: location to store previous forced minumum height
9461 * Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
9462 * is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
9463 * window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
9464 * parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
9465 * negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
9466 * widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
9467 * be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
9471 _gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9477 gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
9478 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
9479 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9483 * _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
9484 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9485 * @old_width: saved forced minimum size
9486 * @old_height: saved forced minimum size
9488 * Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
9491 _gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
9495 gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
9496 GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
9500 * gtk_widget_set_events:
9501 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9502 * @events: event mask
9504 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9505 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
9506 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9507 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9508 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9509 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
9510 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9511 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9512 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9513 * and receive events on the event box.
9516 gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9519 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9520 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9522 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9523 GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9524 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9528 * gtk_widget_set_device_events:
9529 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9530 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9531 * @events: event mask
9533 * Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
9534 * mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
9535 * in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
9536 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
9537 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
9538 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
9539 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
9540 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
9541 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
9542 * and receive events on the event box.
9547 gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9549 GdkEventMask events)
9551 GHashTable *device_events;
9553 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9554 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9555 g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
9557 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9559 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9561 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9562 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9563 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9566 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
9570 * gtk_widget_set_device_enabled:
9571 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9572 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9573 * @enabled: whether to enable the device
9575 * Enables or disables a #GdkDevice to interact with @widget
9576 * and all its children.
9578 * It does so by descending through the #GdkWindow hierarchy
9579 * and enabling the same mask that is has for core events
9580 * (i.e. the one that gdk_window_get_events() returns).
9585 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9589 GList *enabled_devices;
9591 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9592 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9594 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9595 enabled_devices = g_list_append (enabled_devices, device);
9597 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices,
9598 enabled_devices, (GDestroyNotify) g_list_free);;
9600 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9601 gtk_widget_set_device_enabled_internal (widget, device, TRUE, enabled);
9605 * gtk_widget_get_device_enabled:
9606 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9607 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9609 * Returns whether @device can interact with @widget and its
9610 * children. See gtk_widget_set_device_enabled().
9612 * Return value: %TRUE is @device is enabled for @widget
9617 gtk_widget_get_device_enabled (GtkWidget *widget,
9620 GList *enabled_devices;
9622 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
9623 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
9625 enabled_devices = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_enabled_devices);
9627 return g_list_find (enabled_devices, device) != NULL;
9631 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
9638 for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
9640 GdkWindow *window = l->data;
9643 gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
9644 if (user_data == widget)
9649 gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9651 gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
9653 children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
9654 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
9655 g_list_free (children);
9661 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
9665 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
9668 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
9669 window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
9671 window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
9673 gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
9675 g_list_free (window_list);
9679 * gtk_widget_add_events:
9680 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9681 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9683 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9684 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
9687 gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9692 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9694 old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9695 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
9696 GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9698 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9700 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
9701 gtk_widget_update_devices_mask (widget, FALSE);
9704 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9708 * gtk_widget_add_device_events:
9709 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9710 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9711 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
9713 * Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
9714 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
9719 gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9721 GdkEventMask events)
9723 GdkEventMask old_events;
9724 GHashTable *device_events;
9726 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9727 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
9729 old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
9731 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9733 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
9735 device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
9736 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
9737 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
9740 g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
9741 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
9743 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9744 gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
9746 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
9750 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
9751 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9753 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
9754 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
9755 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
9756 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
9758 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
9759 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
9761 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
9762 * window was inside a #GtkWindow<!-- -->-derived widget which was in turn
9763 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
9764 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
9765 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
9767 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
9768 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
9769 * is set on the result.
9771 * GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
9772 * if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
9774 * /* Perform action on toplevel. */
9778 * Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
9779 * if there's no ancestor.
9782 gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
9784 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9786 while (widget->priv->parent)
9787 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9793 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
9794 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9795 * @widget_type: ancestor type
9797 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
9798 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
9799 * the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
9800 * added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
9801 * about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
9802 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
9804 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
9805 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
9807 * Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
9810 gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
9813 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9815 while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
9816 widget = widget->priv->parent;
9818 if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
9825 * gtk_widget_set_visual:
9826 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9827 * @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
9829 * Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
9830 * creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
9831 * returned by gtk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
9832 * #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
9834 * Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
9835 * so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
9838 gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
9841 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9842 g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
9845 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
9848 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
9850 g_object_ref (visual),
9855 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
9856 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9858 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
9860 * Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
9863 gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
9869 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9871 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
9872 widget->priv->window)
9873 return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
9875 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
9877 for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
9879 visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
9882 if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
9885 g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
9886 gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
9890 return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
9894 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
9895 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9897 * Gets the settings object holding the settings used for this widget.
9899 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
9900 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
9901 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
9903 * Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
9906 gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
9908 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
9910 return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
9914 * gtk_widget_get_events:
9915 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9917 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
9918 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
9921 * Return value: event mask for @widget
9924 gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
9926 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9928 return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
9932 * gtk_widget_get_device_events:
9933 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9934 * @device: a #GdkDevice
9936 * Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
9937 * are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
9939 * Returns: device event mask for @widget
9944 gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
9947 GHashTable *device_events;
9949 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
9950 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
9952 device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
9957 return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
9961 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
9962 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
9963 * @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
9964 * @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
9966 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
9967 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
9968 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
9969 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
9970 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
9972 * Deprecated: 3.4: Use gdk_window_get_device_position() instead.
9975 gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
9979 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
9981 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
9983 priv = widget->priv;
9990 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
9992 gdk_window_get_device_position (priv->window,
9993 gdk_device_manager_get_client_pointer (
9994 gdk_display_get_device_manager (
9995 gtk_widget_get_display (widget))),
9998 if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10001 *x -= priv->allocation.x;
10003 *y -= priv->allocation.y;
10009 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
10010 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10011 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
10013 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
10014 * intermediate containers.
10016 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
10017 * grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
10020 gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
10021 GtkWidget *ancestor)
10023 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
10024 g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
10028 if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
10030 widget = widget->priv->parent;
10036 static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
10039 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
10040 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
10041 * @name: the name to set
10043 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
10044 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10047 gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
10050 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10051 g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
10052 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
10054 if (!quark_composite_name)
10055 quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
10057 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10058 quark_composite_name,
10064 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
10065 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10067 * Obtains the composite name of a widget.
10069 * Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
10070 * a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
10074 gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
10076 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
10078 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10080 priv = widget->priv;
10082 if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
10083 return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
10090 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
10092 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
10093 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
10095 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
10096 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
10097 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
10098 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
10099 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
10101 * Here is a simple example:
10103 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
10104 * scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
10105 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
10106 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
10107 * gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
10108 * GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
10109 * g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
10113 gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
10115 composite_child_stack++;
10119 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
10121 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
10124 gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
10126 if (composite_child_stack)
10127 composite_child_stack--;
10131 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
10132 GtkTextDirection old_dir)
10134 gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
10136 if (widget->priv->context)
10137 gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
10138 gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
10140 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
10144 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
10145 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10146 * @dir: the new direction
10148 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
10149 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
10150 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
10151 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
10152 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
10153 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
10154 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
10155 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
10156 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
10158 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
10159 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
10162 gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
10163 GtkTextDirection dir)
10165 GtkTextDirection old_dir;
10167 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10168 g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
10170 old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
10172 widget->priv->direction = dir;
10174 if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
10175 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10179 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
10180 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10182 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
10183 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
10185 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
10188 gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
10190 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10192 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10193 return gtk_default_direction;
10195 return widget->priv->direction;
10199 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
10201 GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
10203 g_object_ref (widget);
10205 if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
10206 gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
10208 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10209 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10210 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
10213 g_object_unref (widget);
10217 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
10218 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
10219 * %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
10221 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
10222 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
10225 gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
10227 g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
10229 if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
10231 GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
10232 GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
10234 gtk_default_direction = dir;
10236 tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
10237 g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
10241 gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
10242 GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
10243 g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
10244 tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
10247 g_list_free (toplevels);
10252 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
10254 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
10255 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
10257 * Return value: the current default direction.
10260 gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
10262 return gtk_default_direction;
10266 gtk_widget_constructed (GObject *object)
10268 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10269 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10271 /* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
10272 * init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
10273 * each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
10274 * implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
10277 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (priv->path))
10279 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10283 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->constructed (object);
10287 gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
10289 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10290 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10293 gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
10294 else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
10295 gtk_widget_hide (widget);
10297 priv->visible = FALSE;
10298 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
10299 gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
10301 if (!priv->in_destruction)
10303 priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
10304 g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
10305 priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
10308 g_clear_object (&priv->muxer);
10310 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
10314 gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
10316 /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
10317 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10318 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10320 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->priv->accessible_type != GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
10322 GtkAccessible *accessible = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10326 gtk_accessible_set_widget (accessible, NULL);
10327 g_object_unref (accessible);
10331 /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
10332 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
10333 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
10335 /* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
10336 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
10338 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10341 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10342 priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
10343 g_object_ref (priv->style);
10347 gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
10349 GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
10350 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10351 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10352 GtkAccessible *accessible;
10354 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10356 g_object_unref (priv->style);
10357 priv->style = NULL;
10359 g_free (priv->name);
10361 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
10363 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
10365 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
10367 g_object_unref (accessible);
10370 gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
10374 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, NULL);
10375 g_object_unref (priv->context);
10378 _gtk_size_request_cache_free (&priv->requests);
10380 if (g_object_is_floating (object))
10381 g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
10382 "called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
10383 "reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
10384 "and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
10386 G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
10389 /*****************************************
10390 * gtk_widget_real_map:
10395 *****************************************/
10398 gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
10400 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10402 g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
10404 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10406 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
10408 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10409 gdk_window_show (priv->window);
10413 /*****************************************
10414 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
10419 *****************************************/
10422 gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
10424 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10426 if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10428 gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
10430 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10431 gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
10435 /*****************************************
10436 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
10441 *****************************************/
10444 gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
10446 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10448 g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
10450 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
10453 priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
10454 g_object_ref (priv->window);
10458 /*****************************************
10459 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
10464 *****************************************/
10467 gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
10469 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10471 g_assert (!widget->priv->mapped);
10473 /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
10476 /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
10477 * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
10478 * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
10479 * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
10482 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10483 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10484 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
10487 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
10489 gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
10490 gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
10491 priv->window = NULL;
10495 g_object_unref (priv->window);
10496 priv->window = NULL;
10499 gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
10501 gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
10505 gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
10506 GtkOrientation orientation,
10507 gint *minimum_size,
10508 gint *natural_size)
10510 const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
10512 aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
10514 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
10515 aux_info->width > 0)
10517 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
10519 else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
10520 aux_info->height > 0)
10522 *minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
10525 /* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
10526 * This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
10527 * in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
10529 *natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
10531 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
10533 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10534 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
10538 *minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10539 *natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
10544 * _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
10546 * Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
10547 * internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
10549 * Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
10552 _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
10554 /* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
10555 return &widget->priv->requests;
10559 * _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
10560 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10561 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10562 * @window: the new device window
10564 * Sets pointer window for @widget and @device.
10565 * Does not ref @window.
10568 _gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10572 GHashTable *device_window;
10574 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
10575 g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
10576 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
10578 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10581 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10583 if (!device_window && window)
10585 device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
10586 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
10587 quark_pointer_window,
10589 (GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
10593 g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
10594 else if (device_window)
10596 g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
10598 if (g_hash_table_size (device_window) == 0)
10599 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window, NULL);
10604 * _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
10605 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10606 * @device: a #GdkDevice
10608 * Return value: the device window set on @widget, or %NULL
10611 _gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
10614 GHashTable *device_window;
10616 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10617 g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
10619 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10622 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10624 if (!device_window)
10627 return g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
10631 * _gtk_widget_list_devices:
10632 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
10634 * Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top
10635 * of any window belonging to @widget.
10636 * Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned
10637 * by GTK+ and must not be freed.
10640 _gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
10642 GHashTableIter iter;
10643 GHashTable *device_window;
10644 GList *devices = NULL;
10645 gpointer key, value;
10647 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
10649 if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
10652 device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pointer_window);
10654 if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
10657 g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
10659 while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
10660 devices = g_list_prepend (devices, key);
10666 synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
10670 GdkCrossingMode mode,
10671 GdkNotifyType detail)
10675 event = gdk_event_new (type);
10677 event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
10678 event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
10679 event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
10680 event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
10681 event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
10682 event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
10683 event->crossing.mode = mode;
10684 event->crossing.detail = detail;
10685 event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
10686 event->crossing.state = 0;
10687 gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
10690 widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
10693 gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
10695 gdk_event_free (event);
10699 * _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
10700 * @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
10701 * @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
10702 * @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
10704 * Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
10706 * The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
10707 * event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
10708 * poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
10709 * effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
10710 * pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
10711 * an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
10712 * window should be the root window).
10714 * When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
10715 * receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
10716 * window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
10717 * crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
10719 * When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
10720 * - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10721 * - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
10722 * - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
10724 * When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
10725 * - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
10726 * - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
10727 * - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
10730 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
10733 GdkCrossingMode mode)
10735 GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
10737 g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
10741 from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
10744 from_window = from->priv->window;
10749 to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
10752 to_window = to->priv->window;
10755 if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
10757 else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
10759 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10760 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
10762 while (from_ancestor != NULL)
10764 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10765 if (from_ancestor == NULL)
10767 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10770 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10771 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10772 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10774 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10775 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10778 /* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
10780 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10782 else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
10784 GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10785 GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
10787 while (to_ancestor != NULL)
10789 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10790 if (to_ancestor == NULL)
10792 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10795 /* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
10797 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10799 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10800 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10802 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10803 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10805 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10807 else if (from_window == to_window)
10811 GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
10812 GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
10814 while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
10816 if (from_ancestor != NULL)
10818 from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
10819 if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10822 from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
10824 if (to_ancestor != NULL)
10826 to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
10827 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10830 to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
10833 if (to_ancestor == from_window)
10835 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
10836 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10837 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10838 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10839 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10840 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10841 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10842 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10844 else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
10846 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10847 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
10848 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10850 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10851 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
10853 if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
10854 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10855 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
10859 while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
10860 && from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
10862 from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
10864 to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
10867 synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
10868 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10870 for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
10872 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10873 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10875 for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
10877 synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
10878 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
10880 synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
10881 device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
10883 g_list_free (from_ancestors);
10884 g_list_free (to_ancestors);
10889 gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
10890 GtkStateData *data)
10892 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
10893 GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
10894 GtkStateType old_state;
10896 old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
10898 switch (data->operation)
10900 case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
10901 priv->state_flags = data->flags;
10903 case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
10904 priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
10906 case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
10907 priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
10911 /* make insensitivity unoverridable */
10912 if (!priv->sensitive)
10913 priv->state_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
10915 if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10919 window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
10921 if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
10922 gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
10925 new_flags = priv->state_flags;
10927 if (old_flags != new_flags)
10929 g_object_ref (widget);
10931 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
10932 gtk_grab_remove (widget);
10934 gtk_style_context_set_state (gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget), new_flags);
10936 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
10937 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
10939 if (!priv->shadowed &&
10940 (new_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) != (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
10942 GList *event_windows = NULL;
10943 GList *devices, *d;
10945 devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
10947 for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
10953 window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
10955 /* Do not propagate more than once to the
10956 * same window if non-multidevice aware.
10958 if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
10959 g_list_find (event_windows, window))
10962 if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
10963 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
10964 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10966 _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
10967 GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
10969 event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
10972 g_list_free (event_windows);
10973 g_list_free (devices);
10976 if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
10978 GtkStateData child_data = *data;
10980 /* Make sure to only propate the right states further */
10981 child_data.flags &= GTK_STATE_FLAGS_DO_PROPAGATE;
10983 gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
10984 (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
10988 g_object_unref (widget);
10992 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
11000 * gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
11001 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11002 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
11004 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
11006 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
11007 * %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
11009 static GtkWidgetAuxInfo *
11010 gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
11013 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11015 aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
11016 if (!aux_info && create)
11018 aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
11020 *aux_info = default_aux_info;
11022 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
11028 static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
11029 _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
11031 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
11033 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
11034 if (aux_info == NULL)
11036 return &default_aux_info;
11044 /*****************************************
11045 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
11050 *****************************************/
11053 gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
11055 g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
11059 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
11060 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11061 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11063 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11064 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
11065 * for more information.
11070 gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11071 cairo_region_t *region)
11073 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11075 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11076 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11077 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11079 priv = widget->priv;
11081 if (region == NULL)
11083 priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
11086 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11088 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
11092 priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
11094 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
11095 cairo_region_copy (region),
11096 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11098 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11099 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11102 gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11107 * gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
11108 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11109 * @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
11111 * Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
11112 * windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
11113 * gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
11118 gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
11119 cairo_region_t *region)
11121 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11123 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11124 /* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
11125 g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
11127 priv = widget->priv;
11129 if (region == NULL)
11132 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
11134 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
11138 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
11139 cairo_region_copy (region),
11140 (GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
11142 /* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
11143 * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
11146 gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
11151 /* style properties
11155 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser: (skip)
11156 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11157 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
11158 * @parser: the parser for the style property
11160 * Installs a style property on a widget class.
11163 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11165 GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
11167 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11168 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11169 g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
11170 g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
11172 if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
11174 g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
11175 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
11180 g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
11181 g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
11182 g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
11186 * gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
11187 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11188 * @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
11190 * Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
11191 * style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
11194 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11197 GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
11199 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
11200 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
11202 parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
11204 gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
11208 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
11209 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11210 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
11212 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
11214 * Returns: (transfer none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or
11215 * %NULL if @class has no style property with that name.
11220 gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11221 const gchar *property_name)
11223 g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
11225 return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11227 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11232 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
11233 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
11234 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
11236 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
11238 * Returns: (array length=n_properties) (transfer container): a
11239 * newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be
11240 * freed with g_free().
11245 gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
11246 guint *n_properties)
11248 GParamSpec **pspecs;
11251 pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
11252 G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
11261 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
11262 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11263 * @property_name: the name of a style property
11264 * @value: location to return the property value
11266 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
11269 gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
11270 const gchar *property_name,
11275 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11276 g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
11277 g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
11279 g_object_ref (widget);
11280 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11282 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11285 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11287 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11291 GtkStyleContext *context;
11292 const GValue *peek_value;
11293 GtkStateFlags state;
11295 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11296 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11298 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11299 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11302 /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
11304 if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
11305 g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
11306 else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
11307 g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
11309 g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
11311 g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
11312 G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
11314 g_object_unref (widget);
11318 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
11319 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11320 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11321 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
11322 * locations to return the property values, starting with the location
11323 * for @first_property_name.
11325 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
11329 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
11330 const gchar *first_property_name,
11333 GtkStyleContext *context;
11334 GtkStateFlags state;
11337 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11339 g_object_ref (widget);
11340 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
11341 state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
11343 name = first_property_name;
11346 const GValue *peek_value;
11350 pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
11352 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11356 g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
11358 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
11362 /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
11364 peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
11365 G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
11368 G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
11371 g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
11376 name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
11379 g_object_unref (widget);
11383 * gtk_widget_style_get:
11384 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11385 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
11386 * @...: pairs of property names and locations to return the
11387 * property values, starting with the location for
11388 * @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
11390 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
11393 gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
11394 const gchar *first_property_name,
11399 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11401 va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
11402 gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
11407 * gtk_requisition_new:
11409 * Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
11411 * Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
11412 * be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
11417 gtk_requisition_new (void)
11419 return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
11423 * gtk_requisition_copy:
11424 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11426 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
11428 * Returns: a copy of @requisition
11431 gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
11433 return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11437 * gtk_requisition_free:
11438 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
11440 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
11443 gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
11445 g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
11448 G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
11449 gtk_requisition_copy,
11450 gtk_requisition_free)
11453 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type:
11454 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible type for
11455 * @type: The object type that implements the accessible for @widget_class
11457 * Sets the type to be used for creating accessibles for widgets of
11458 * @widget_class. The given @type must be a subtype of the type used for
11459 * accessibles of the parent class.
11461 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11466 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11469 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11471 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11472 g_return_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, widget_class->priv->accessible_type));
11474 priv = widget_class->priv;
11476 priv->accessible_type = type;
11477 /* reset this - honoring the type's role is better. */
11478 priv->accessible_role = ATK_ROLE_INVALID;
11482 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role:
11483 * @widget_class: class to set the accessible role for
11484 * @role: The role to use for accessibles created for @widget_class
11486 * Sets the default #AtkRole to be set on accessibles created for
11487 * widgets of @widget_class. Accessibles may decide to not honor this
11488 * setting if their role reporting is more refined. Calls to
11489 * gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type() will reset this value.
11491 * In cases where you want more fine-grained control over the role of
11492 * accessibles created for @widget_class, you should provide your own
11493 * accessible type and use gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_type()
11496 * If @role is #ATK_ROLE_INVALID, the default role will not be changed
11497 * and the accessible's default role will be used instead.
11499 * This function should only be called from class init functions of widgets.
11504 gtk_widget_class_set_accessible_role (GtkWidgetClass *widget_class,
11507 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11509 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (widget_class));
11511 priv = widget_class->priv;
11513 priv->accessible_role = role;
11517 * _gtk_widget_peek_accessible:
11518 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11520 * Gets the accessible for @widget, if it has been created yet.
11521 * Otherwise, this function returns %NULL. If the @widget's implementation
11522 * does not use the default way to create accessibles, %NULL will always be
11525 * Returns: the accessible for @widget or %NULL if none has been
11529 _gtk_widget_peek_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11531 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11532 quark_accessible_object);
11536 * gtk_widget_get_accessible:
11537 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11539 * Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
11540 * assistive technology.
11542 * If accessibility support is not available, this #AtkObject
11543 * instance may be a no-op. Likewise, if no class-specific #AtkObject
11544 * implementation is available for the widget instance in question,
11545 * it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the first ancestor
11546 * class for which such an implementation is defined.
11548 * The documentation of the
11549 * <ulink url="http://developer.gnome.org/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
11550 * library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
11552 * Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
11555 gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11557 GtkWidgetClass *klass;
11559 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
11561 klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11563 g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
11565 return klass->get_accessible (widget);
11569 gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
11571 AtkObject* accessible;
11573 accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11574 quark_accessible_object);
11577 GtkWidgetClass *widget_class;
11578 GtkWidgetClassPrivate *priv;
11579 AtkObjectFactory *factory;
11580 AtkRegistry *default_registry;
11582 widget_class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
11583 priv = widget_class->priv;
11585 if (priv->accessible_type == GTK_TYPE_ACCESSIBLE)
11587 default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
11588 factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
11589 G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
11591 atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
11592 G_OBJECT (widget));
11594 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11595 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11597 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11598 quark_accessible_object,
11603 accessible = g_object_new (priv->accessible_type,
11606 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11607 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11609 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
11610 quark_accessible_object,
11613 atk_object_initialize (accessible, widget);
11615 /* Set the role again, since we don't want a role set
11616 * in some parent initialize() function to override
11619 if (priv->accessible_role != ATK_ROLE_INVALID)
11620 atk_object_set_role (accessible, priv->accessible_role);
11627 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
11628 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
11631 gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
11633 iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
11637 gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
11639 AtkObject *accessible;
11641 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
11643 g_object_ref (accessible);
11648 * Expand flag management
11652 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11654 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11656 priv = widget->priv;
11658 if (priv->need_compute_expand)
11662 if (priv->hexpand_set)
11667 if (priv->vexpand_set)
11672 /* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
11673 * forced by the app
11675 if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
11677 if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
11681 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
11682 priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
11683 priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
11687 priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
11688 priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
11689 priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
11694 * gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
11695 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
11697 * Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
11698 * this function when setting legacy expand child properties
11699 * on the child of a container.
11701 * See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
11704 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
11707 gboolean changed_anything;
11709 if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
11712 changed_anything = FALSE;
11714 while (parent != NULL)
11716 if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
11718 parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
11719 changed_anything = TRUE;
11722 /* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
11723 * compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
11724 * up when we got to a parent that already needed to
11725 * compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
11726 * soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
11727 * we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
11728 * have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
11729 * is not currently need_compute_expand.
11732 parent = parent->priv->parent;
11735 /* recomputing expand always requires
11736 * a relayout as well
11738 if (changed_anything)
11739 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
11743 * gtk_widget_compute_expand:
11744 * @widget: the widget
11745 * @orientation: expand direction
11747 * Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
11748 * when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
11749 * looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
11751 * This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
11752 * visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
11753 * widgets are not expanded.
11755 * The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
11756 * set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
11757 * the widget may expand if some of its children do.
11759 * Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
11762 gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11763 GtkOrientation orientation)
11765 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11767 /* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
11768 if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
11771 gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
11773 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11775 return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
11779 return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
11784 gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
11785 GtkOrientation orientation,
11788 const char *expand_prop;
11789 const char *expand_set_prop;
11791 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11793 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11795 priv = widget->priv;
11797 expand = expand != FALSE;
11799 was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
11801 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11803 if (priv->hexpand_set &&
11804 priv->hexpand == expand)
11807 priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
11808 priv->hexpand = expand;
11810 expand_prop = "hexpand";
11811 expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
11815 if (priv->vexpand_set &&
11816 priv->vexpand == expand)
11819 priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
11820 priv->vexpand = expand;
11822 expand_prop = "vexpand";
11823 expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
11826 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11828 g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11829 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
11830 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
11831 if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
11832 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
11833 g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
11837 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11838 GtkOrientation orientation,
11841 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
11844 priv = widget->priv;
11846 set = set != FALSE;
11848 if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
11850 if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
11853 priv->hexpand_set = set;
11854 prop = "hexpand-set";
11858 if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
11861 priv->vexpand_set = set;
11862 prop = "vexpand-set";
11865 gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
11867 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
11871 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
11872 * @widget: the widget
11874 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11875 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11876 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11877 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11880 * Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
11881 * this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
11882 * has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
11883 * expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
11885 * This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
11886 * than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
11889 * Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
11892 gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
11894 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11896 return widget->priv->hexpand;
11900 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
11901 * @widget: the widget
11902 * @expand: whether to expand
11904 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
11905 * space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
11906 * generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
11907 * scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
11910 * Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
11911 * widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
11914 * By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
11915 * want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
11916 * its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
11917 * container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
11918 * expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
11919 * method on #GtkWidget.).
11921 * Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
11922 * automatic expand behavior.
11924 * This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
11925 * regardless of children. The override occurs because
11926 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
11927 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
11928 * value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
11931 gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
11934 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11936 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
11940 * gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
11941 * @widget: the widget
11943 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
11944 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
11946 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11947 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11948 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11949 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11951 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11952 * for completeness and consistency.
11954 * Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
11957 gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
11959 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
11961 return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
11965 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
11966 * @widget: the widget
11967 * @set: value for hexpand-set property
11969 * Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
11972 * The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
11973 * gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
11974 * reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
11977 * If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
11978 * expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
11979 * set, then the expand value depends on whether any
11980 * children of the widget would like to expand.
11982 * There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
11983 * for completeness and consistency.
11986 gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
11989 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
11991 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
11996 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
11997 * @widget: the widget
11999 * Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12002 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
12004 * Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
12007 gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
12009 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12011 return widget->priv->vexpand;
12015 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
12016 * @widget: the widget
12017 * @expand: whether to expand
12019 * Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
12022 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
12025 gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
12028 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12030 gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
12034 * gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
12035 * @widget: the widget
12037 * Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
12038 * explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
12040 * See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12042 * Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
12045 gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
12047 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
12049 return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
12053 * gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
12054 * @widget: the widget
12055 * @set: value for vexpand-set property
12057 * Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
12060 * See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
12063 gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
12066 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12068 gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
12072 * GtkBuildable implementation
12074 static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
12075 static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
12076 static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
12077 static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
12080 gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
12082 quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
12083 quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
12084 quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
12085 quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
12087 iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
12088 iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
12089 iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
12090 iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
12091 iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
12092 iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
12093 iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
12097 gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12100 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
12101 g_strdup (name), g_free);
12104 static const gchar *
12105 gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
12107 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
12111 gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12112 GtkBuilder *builder,
12113 const gchar *childname)
12115 if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
12116 return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
12122 gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12123 GtkBuilder *builder,
12125 const GValue *value)
12127 if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12128 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
12129 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12130 else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
12131 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
12132 GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
12134 g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
12139 gchar *action_name;
12140 GString *description;
12142 gboolean translatable;
12152 free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
12154 g_free (data->action_name);
12155 g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
12156 g_free (data->context);
12157 g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
12161 free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
12163 g_free (data->target);
12164 g_free (data->type);
12165 g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
12169 gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12170 GtkBuilder *builder)
12172 GSList *atk_relations;
12174 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
12175 gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12176 if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
12177 gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12179 atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
12180 quark_builder_atk_relations);
12183 AtkObject *accessible;
12184 AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
12187 AtkRelationType relation_type;
12188 AtkObject *target_accessible;
12190 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12191 relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
12193 for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
12195 AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
12197 target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
12200 g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
12204 target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
12205 g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
12207 relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
12208 if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
12210 g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
12214 atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
12215 target_accessible);
12217 g_object_unref (relation_set);
12219 g_slist_free_full (atk_relations, (GDestroyNotify) free_relation);
12220 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12229 } AccessibilitySubParserData;
12232 accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12233 const gchar *element_name,
12234 const gchar **names,
12235 const gchar **values,
12236 gpointer user_data,
12239 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12241 gint line_number, char_number;
12243 if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
12245 gchar *target = NULL;
12246 gchar *type = NULL;
12247 AtkRelationData *relation;
12249 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12251 if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
12252 target = g_strdup (values[i]);
12253 else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
12254 type = g_strdup (values[i]);
12257 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12260 g_set_error (error,
12262 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12263 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12265 line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
12272 if (!target || !type)
12274 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12277 g_set_error (error,
12279 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12280 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12282 line_number, char_number, "relation",
12283 type ? "target" : "type");
12289 relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
12290 relation->target = target;
12291 relation->type = type;
12293 data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
12295 else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
12297 const gchar *action_name = NULL;
12298 const gchar *description = NULL;
12299 const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
12300 gboolean translatable = FALSE;
12301 AtkActionData *action;
12303 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12305 if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
12306 action_name = values[i];
12307 else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
12308 description = values[i];
12309 else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
12311 if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
12314 else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
12316 /* do nothing, comments are for translators */
12318 else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
12319 msg_context = values[i];
12322 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12325 g_set_error (error,
12327 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
12328 "%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
12330 line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
12337 g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
12340 g_set_error (error,
12342 GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
12343 "%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
12345 line_number, char_number, "action",
12350 action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
12351 action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
12352 action->description = g_string_new (description);
12353 action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
12354 action->translatable = translatable;
12356 data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
12358 else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
12361 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12365 accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12368 gpointer user_data,
12371 AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12373 if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
12375 AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
12377 g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
12381 static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
12383 accessibility_start_element,
12385 accessibility_text,
12394 } AccelGroupParserData;
12397 accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12398 const gchar *element_name,
12399 const gchar **names,
12400 const gchar **values,
12401 gpointer user_data,
12406 guint modifiers = 0;
12407 gchar *signal = NULL;
12408 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12410 for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
12412 if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
12413 key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
12414 else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
12416 if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
12422 else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
12423 signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
12426 if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
12428 g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
12431 parser_data->key = key;
12432 parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
12433 parser_data->signal = signal;
12436 static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
12438 accel_group_start_element,
12447 style_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
12448 const gchar *element_name,
12449 const gchar **names,
12450 const gchar **values,
12451 gpointer user_data,
12454 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12457 if (strcmp (element_name, "class") == 0)
12459 if (g_markup_collect_attributes (element_name,
12463 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_STRDUP, "name", &class_name,
12464 G_MARKUP_COLLECT_INVALID))
12466 style_data->classes = g_slist_append (style_data->classes, class_name);
12469 else if (strcmp (element_name, "style") == 0)
12472 g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
12475 static const GMarkupParser style_parser =
12477 style_start_element,
12481 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12482 GtkBuilder *builder,
12484 const gchar *tagname,
12485 GMarkupParser *parser,
12488 g_assert (buildable);
12490 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12492 AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
12494 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
12495 parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
12496 *parser = accel_group_parser;
12497 *data = parser_data;
12500 if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12502 AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
12504 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
12505 *parser = accessibility_parser;
12506 *data = parser_data;
12509 if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12511 StyleParserData *parser_data;
12513 parser_data = g_slice_new0 (StyleParserData);
12514 *parser = style_parser;
12515 *data = parser_data;
12523 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
12524 GtkWidget *toplevel,
12525 gpointer user_data)
12527 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12528 GSList *accel_groups;
12529 GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
12531 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12532 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
12533 g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
12535 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12536 accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
12537 if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
12539 accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
12540 gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
12544 g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
12545 accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
12548 gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
12549 accel_data->signal,
12552 accel_data->modifiers,
12553 GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
12555 g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
12556 g_free (accel_data->signal);
12557 g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
12561 gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
12562 GtkBuilder *builder,
12564 const gchar *tagname,
12565 gpointer user_data)
12567 if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
12569 AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
12570 GtkWidget *toplevel;
12572 accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
12573 g_assert (accel_data->object);
12575 toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
12577 _gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
12579 else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
12581 AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
12583 a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
12585 if (a11y_data->actions)
12587 AtkObject *accessible;
12592 accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12594 if (ATK_IS_ACTION (accessible))
12596 action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
12597 n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
12599 for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
12601 AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
12603 for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
12604 if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
12605 action_data->action_name) == 0)
12610 gchar *description;
12612 if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
12613 description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
12614 action_data->context,
12615 action_data->description->str);
12617 description = action_data->description->str;
12619 atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
12624 g_warning ("accessibility action on a widget that does not implement AtkAction");
12626 g_slist_free_full (a11y_data->actions, (GDestroyNotify) free_action);
12629 if (a11y_data->relations)
12630 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
12631 a11y_data->relations);
12633 g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
12635 else if (strcmp (tagname, "style") == 0)
12637 StyleParserData *style_data = (StyleParserData *)user_data;
12638 GtkStyleContext *context;
12641 context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12643 for (l = style_data->classes; l; l = l->next)
12644 gtk_style_context_add_class (context, (const gchar *)l->data);
12646 gtk_widget_reset_style (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
12648 g_slist_free_full (style_data->classes, g_free);
12649 g_slice_free (StyleParserData, style_data);
12653 static GtkSizeRequestMode
12654 gtk_widget_real_get_request_mode (GtkWidget *widget)
12656 /* By default widgets dont trade size at all. */
12657 return GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_CONSTANT_SIZE;
12661 gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12662 gint *minimum_size,
12663 gint *natural_size)
12673 gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12674 gint *minimum_size,
12675 gint *natural_size)
12685 gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
12687 gint *minimum_height,
12688 gint *natural_height)
12690 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
12694 gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
12696 gint *minimum_width,
12697 gint *natural_width)
12699 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
12703 * gtk_widget_get_halign:
12704 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12706 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12708 * Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
12711 gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
12713 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12714 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
12718 * gtk_widget_set_halign:
12719 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12720 * @align: the horizontal alignment
12722 * Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
12723 * See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
12726 gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
12729 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12731 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12733 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12735 if (aux_info->halign == align)
12738 aux_info->halign = align;
12739 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12740 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
12744 * gtk_widget_get_valign:
12745 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12747 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12749 * Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
12752 gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
12754 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
12755 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
12759 * gtk_widget_set_valign:
12760 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12761 * @align: the vertical alignment
12763 * Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
12764 * See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
12767 gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
12770 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12772 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12774 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12776 if (aux_info->valign == align)
12779 aux_info->valign = align;
12780 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12781 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
12785 * gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
12786 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12788 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12790 * Returns: The left margin of @widget
12795 gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
12797 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12799 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
12803 * gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
12804 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12805 * @margin: the left margin
12807 * Sets the left margin of @widget.
12808 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
12813 gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
12816 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12818 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12819 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12821 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12823 if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
12826 aux_info->margin.left = margin;
12827 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12828 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
12832 * gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
12833 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12835 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12837 * Returns: The right margin of @widget
12842 gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
12844 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12846 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
12850 * gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
12851 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12852 * @margin: the right margin
12854 * Sets the right margin of @widget.
12855 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
12860 gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
12863 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12865 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12866 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12868 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12870 if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
12873 aux_info->margin.right = margin;
12874 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12875 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
12879 * gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
12880 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12882 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12884 * Returns: The top margin of @widget
12889 gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
12891 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12893 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
12897 * gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
12898 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12899 * @margin: the top margin
12901 * Sets the top margin of @widget.
12902 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
12907 gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
12910 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12912 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12913 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12915 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12917 if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
12920 aux_info->margin.top = margin;
12921 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12922 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
12926 * gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
12927 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12929 * Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12931 * Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
12936 gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
12938 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
12940 return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
12944 * gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
12945 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12946 * @margin: the bottom margin
12948 * Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
12949 * See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
12954 gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
12957 GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
12959 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
12960 g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
12962 aux_info = gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
12964 if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
12967 aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
12968 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
12969 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
12973 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
12974 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
12975 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
12976 * to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
12977 * default clipboard. Another common value
12978 * is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
12979 * the primary X selection.
12981 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
12982 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
12983 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
12986 * Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
12987 * clipboard already exists, a new one will
12988 * be created. Once a clipboard object has
12989 * been created, it is persistent for all time.
12994 gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
12996 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
12997 g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
12999 return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
13004 * gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
13005 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13007 * Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
13008 * which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
13009 * gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
13011 * The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
13012 * want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
13013 * callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
13014 * <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
13015 * (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
13016 * widgets afterwards.
13018 * Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
13019 * mnemonic labels; free this list
13020 * with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
13025 gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
13027 GList *list = NULL;
13030 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13032 for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
13033 list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
13039 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
13040 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13041 * @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
13043 * Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
13044 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
13045 * list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
13046 * widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
13047 * its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
13048 * to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
13053 gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13056 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13058 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13059 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13061 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13062 new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
13064 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13065 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13069 * gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
13070 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13071 * @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
13072 * @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13074 * Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
13075 * this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
13076 * must have previously been added to the list with
13077 * gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
13082 gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
13085 GSList *old_list, *new_list;
13087 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13088 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
13090 old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
13091 new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
13094 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
13095 new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
13099 * gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
13100 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13102 * Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
13103 * which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
13104 * will affect this widget.
13106 * Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
13111 gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
13113 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13115 return widget->priv->no_show_all;
13119 * gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
13120 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13121 * @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
13123 * Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
13124 * calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
13126 * This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
13127 * controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
13132 gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
13133 gboolean no_show_all)
13135 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13137 no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
13139 if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
13141 widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
13143 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
13149 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13150 gboolean has_tooltip,
13153 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
13154 gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
13156 priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
13157 quark_has_tooltip));
13159 if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
13161 priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
13163 if (priv_has_tooltip)
13165 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13166 gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
13167 gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
13168 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13169 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13170 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13172 if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
13173 gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
13174 GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
13175 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
13176 GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
13179 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
13180 GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
13185 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
13186 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13187 * @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
13189 * Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
13190 * tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
13191 * hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
13192 * the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
13193 * tooltip window will be used.
13195 * If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
13196 * have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
13201 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13202 GtkWindow *custom_window)
13204 gboolean has_tooltip;
13205 gchar *tooltip_markup;
13207 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13208 g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
13210 tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
13213 g_object_ref (custom_window);
13215 g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
13216 custom_window, g_object_unref);
13218 has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
13219 gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
13221 if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
13222 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
13226 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
13227 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13229 * Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
13230 * GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
13231 * using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
13233 * Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
13238 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13240 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13242 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
13246 * gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
13247 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13249 * Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
13250 * is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
13256 gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13258 gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
13261 static guint tooltip_query_id;
13262 static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
13265 tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
13267 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
13268 g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
13269 g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
13271 tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
13272 tooltip_query_id = 0;
13278 gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
13280 GdkDisplay *display;
13282 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
13284 if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
13285 tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
13287 if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
13288 tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
13292 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
13293 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13294 * @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
13296 * Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
13297 * care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
13298 * handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13300 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
13305 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
13308 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13310 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
13314 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
13315 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13317 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13319 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13320 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13325 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
13327 gchar *text = NULL;
13329 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13331 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
13337 * gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
13338 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13339 * @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
13341 * Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
13342 * the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
13344 * This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
13345 * and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
13347 * See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
13348 * gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
13353 gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
13354 const gchar *markup)
13356 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13358 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
13362 * gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
13363 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13365 * Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
13367 * Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
13368 * returned string with g_free() when done.
13373 gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
13375 gchar *text = NULL;
13377 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13379 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
13385 * gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
13386 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13387 * @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
13389 * Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
13390 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13395 gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
13396 gboolean has_tooltip)
13398 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13400 g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
13404 * gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
13405 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13407 * Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
13408 * #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
13410 * Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
13415 gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
13417 gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
13419 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13421 g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
13423 return has_tooltip;
13427 * gtk_widget_get_allocation:
13428 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13429 * @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
13431 * Retrieves the widget's allocation.
13433 * Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
13434 * be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
13435 * container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
13436 * allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
13437 * and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
13438 * gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
13439 * was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
13440 * guaranteed to be completely contained within the
13441 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
13442 * is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
13443 * but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
13444 * There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
13445 * gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
13446 * implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
13451 gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13452 GtkAllocation *allocation)
13454 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13456 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13457 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13459 priv = widget->priv;
13461 *allocation = priv->allocation;
13465 * gtk_widget_set_allocation:
13466 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13467 * @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
13469 * Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
13470 * directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
13472 * The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
13473 * allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
13474 * gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
13475 * The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
13476 * allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
13482 gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
13483 const GtkAllocation *allocation)
13485 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13487 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13488 g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
13490 priv = widget->priv;
13492 priv->allocation = *allocation;
13496 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
13497 * @widget: the widget to query
13499 * Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13500 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13501 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13503 * Returns: the width of the @widget
13506 gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
13508 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13510 return widget->priv->allocation.width;
13514 * gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
13515 * @widget: the widget to query
13517 * Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
13518 * This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
13519 * for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
13521 * Returns: the height of the @widget
13524 gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
13526 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13528 return widget->priv->allocation.height;
13532 * gtk_widget_get_requisition:
13533 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13534 * @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
13536 * Retrieves the widget's requisition.
13538 * This function should only be used by widget implementations in
13539 * order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
13540 * changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
13541 * gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
13543 * Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
13547 * Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
13548 * removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
13549 * add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
13552 gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
13553 GtkRequisition *requisition)
13555 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13556 g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
13558 gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
13562 * gtk_widget_set_window:
13563 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13564 * @window: (transfer full): a #GdkWindow
13566 * Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
13567 * widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
13568 * usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
13569 * window of its parent widget as returned by
13570 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
13572 * Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
13573 * by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
13574 * widget's init() function.
13576 * <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
13581 gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13584 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13586 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13587 g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
13589 priv = widget->priv;
13591 if (priv->window != window)
13593 priv->window = window;
13594 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
13599 * gtk_widget_get_window:
13600 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13602 * Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
13604 * Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
13609 gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
13611 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13613 return widget->priv->window;
13617 * gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
13618 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13620 * Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
13621 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
13623 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
13626 gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
13628 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13630 return widget->priv->multidevice;
13634 * gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
13635 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13636 * @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
13638 * Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
13639 * @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
13640 * that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
13641 * gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
13646 gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
13647 gboolean support_multidevice)
13649 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
13651 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
13653 priv = widget->priv;
13654 priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
13656 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13657 gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
13661 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
13662 gboolean has_focus)
13664 widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
13667 gtk_widget_set_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED, FALSE);
13669 gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (widget, GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED);
13673 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
13674 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13675 * @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
13677 * Sends the focus change @event to @widget
13679 * This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
13680 * should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
13681 * to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
13682 * it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
13683 * window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
13685 * An example of its usage is:
13688 * GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
13690 * fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
13691 * fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
13692 * fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
13693 * if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
13694 * g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
13696 * gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
13698 * gdk_event_free (event);
13701 * Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
13702 * if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
13707 gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
13712 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
13713 g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
13715 g_object_ref (widget);
13717 _gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
13719 res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
13721 g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
13723 g_object_unref (widget);
13729 * gtk_widget_in_destruction:
13730 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13732 * Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
13733 * This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
13734 * unnecessary work.
13736 * Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
13739 gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
13741 return widget->priv->in_destruction;
13745 _gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
13747 return widget->priv->in_reparent;
13751 _gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
13752 gboolean in_reparent)
13754 widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
13758 _gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
13760 return widget->priv->anchored;
13764 _gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
13767 widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
13771 _gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
13773 return widget->priv->shadowed;
13777 _gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
13780 widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
13784 _gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13786 return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
13790 _gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13791 gboolean alloc_needed)
13793 widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
13797 _gtk_widget_get_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13799 return widget->priv->width_request_needed;
13803 _gtk_widget_set_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13804 gboolean width_request_needed)
13806 widget->priv->width_request_needed = width_request_needed;
13810 _gtk_widget_get_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
13812 return widget->priv->height_request_needed;
13816 _gtk_widget_set_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
13817 gboolean height_request_needed)
13819 widget->priv->height_request_needed = height_request_needed;
13823 _gtk_widget_add_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13828 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13829 groups = g_slist_prepend (groups, group);
13830 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13832 widget->priv->have_size_groups = TRUE;
13836 _gtk_widget_remove_sizegroup (GtkWidget *widget,
13841 groups = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13842 groups = g_slist_remove (groups, group);
13843 g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups, groups);
13845 widget->priv->have_size_groups = groups != NULL;
13849 _gtk_widget_get_sizegroups (GtkWidget *widget)
13851 if (widget->priv->have_size_groups)
13852 return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_size_groups);
13858 _gtk_widget_add_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13861 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_prepend (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13865 _gtk_widget_remove_attached_window (GtkWidget *widget,
13868 widget->priv->attached_windows = g_list_remove (widget->priv->attached_windows, window);
13872 * gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget:
13873 * @path: a widget path
13874 * @widget: the widget to append to the widget path
13876 * Appends the data from @widget to the widget hierarchy represented
13877 * by @path. This function is a shortcut for adding information from
13878 * @widget to the given @path. This includes setting the name or
13879 * adding the style classes from @widget.
13881 * Returns: the position where the data was inserted
13886 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (GtkWidgetPath *path,
13891 g_return_val_if_fail (path != NULL, 0);
13892 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
13894 pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
13896 if (widget->priv->name)
13897 gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (path, pos, widget->priv->name);
13899 if (widget->priv->context)
13901 GList *classes, *l;
13903 /* Also add any persistent classes in
13904 * the style context the widget path
13906 classes = gtk_style_context_list_classes (widget->priv->context);
13908 for (l = classes; l; l = l->next)
13909 gtk_widget_path_iter_add_class (path, pos, l->data);
13911 g_list_free (classes);
13918 _gtk_widget_create_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13922 parent = widget->priv->parent;
13925 return gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
13928 /* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
13929 * as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
13930 * where style properties might be retrieved on that
13933 GtkWidget *attach_widget = NULL;
13934 GtkWidgetPath *result;
13936 if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
13937 attach_widget = gtk_window_get_attached_to (GTK_WINDOW (widget));
13939 if (attach_widget != NULL)
13940 result = gtk_widget_path_copy (gtk_widget_get_path (attach_widget));
13942 result = gtk_widget_path_new ();
13944 gtk_widget_path_append_for_widget (result, widget);
13951 * gtk_widget_get_path:
13952 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13954 * Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
13955 * is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
13958 * Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
13961 gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
13963 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
13965 if (!widget->priv->path)
13966 widget->priv->path = _gtk_widget_create_path (widget);
13968 return widget->priv->path;
13972 _gtk_widget_style_context_invalidated (GtkWidget *widget)
13974 if (widget->priv->path)
13976 gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
13977 widget->priv->path = NULL;
13980 if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
13981 g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
13984 /* Compress all style updates so it
13985 * is only emitted once pre-realize.
13987 widget->priv->style_update_pending = TRUE;
13990 if (widget->priv->anchored)
13991 gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
13995 * gtk_widget_get_style_context:
13996 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
13998 * Returns the style context associated to @widget.
14000 * Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
14001 * must not be freed.
14004 gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
14006 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14008 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
14010 priv = widget->priv;
14012 if (G_UNLIKELY (priv->context == NULL))
14016 priv->context = gtk_style_context_new ();
14018 gtk_style_context_set_direction (priv->context, gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
14020 screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
14022 gtk_style_context_set_screen (priv->context, screen);
14025 gtk_style_context_set_parent (priv->context,
14026 gtk_widget_get_style_context (priv->parent));
14028 _gtk_style_context_set_widget (priv->context, widget);
14031 return widget->priv->context;
14035 _gtk_widget_invalidate_style_context (GtkWidget *widget,
14036 GtkCssChange change)
14038 GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
14040 priv = widget->priv;
14042 if (priv->context == NULL)
14045 _gtk_style_context_queue_invalidate (priv->context, change);
14049 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask:
14050 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14051 * @intent: the use case for the modifier mask
14053 * Returns the modifier mask the @widget's windowing system backend
14054 * uses for a particular purpose.
14056 * See gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask().
14058 * Returns: the modifier mask used for @intent.
14063 gtk_widget_get_modifier_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
14064 GdkModifierIntent intent)
14066 GdkDisplay *display;
14068 g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
14070 display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
14072 return gdk_keymap_get_modifier_mask (gdk_keymap_get_for_display (display),
14077 _gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
14079 return widget->priv->style;
14083 _gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
14086 widget->priv->style = style;
14090 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14093 GActionMuxer *parent_muxer;
14095 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14098 if (GTK_IS_MENU (widget))
14099 parent = gtk_menu_get_attach_widget (GTK_MENU (widget));
14101 parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (widget);
14103 parent_muxer = parent ? _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (parent) : NULL;
14105 g_action_muxer_set_parent (widget->priv->muxer, parent_muxer);
14109 _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (GtkWidget *widget)
14111 if (widget->priv->muxer == NULL)
14113 widget->priv->muxer = g_action_muxer_new ();
14114 _gtk_widget_update_parent_muxer (widget);
14117 return widget->priv->muxer;
14121 * gtk_widget_insert_action_group:
14122 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
14123 * @name: the prefix for actions in @group
14124 * @group: a #GActionGroup
14126 * Inserts @group into @widget. Children of @widget that implement
14127 * #GtkActionable can then be associated with actions in @group by
14128 * setting their 'action-name' to
14129 * @prefix.<replaceable>action-name</replaceable>.
14134 gtk_widget_insert_action_group (GtkWidget *widget,
14136 GActionGroup *group)
14138 GActionMuxer *muxer;
14140 g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
14141 g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
14143 muxer = _gtk_widget_get_action_muxer (widget);
14146 g_action_muxer_insert (muxer, name, group);
14148 g_action_muxer_remove (muxer, name);